WIRELESS ONE INC
PRE 14A, 1996-05-24
CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES
Previous: INSTITUTIONAL DAILY INCOME FUND, N-30D, 1996-05-24
Next: HEMMETER ENTERPRISES INC, 10-12G/A, 1996-05-24



<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE 14A
                                (RULE 14A-101)

                    INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROXY STATEMENT

                           SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

                 PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(A) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     Filed by the registrant [X]
     Filed by a party other than the registrant [_]
     Check the appropriate box:
     [X] Preliminary proxy statement
     [_] Definitive proxy statement
     [_] Definitive additional materials
     [_] Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-11(c) or Rule 14a-12

                              Wireless One, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                              Wireless One, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement)

Payment of filing fee (Check the appropriate box):
     [X] $125 per Exchange Act Rule 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), or 14a-6(j)(2).
     [_] $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 
         14a-6(i)(3).
     [_] Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) 
         and 0-11.

     (1)  Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
              Not applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (2)  Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
              Not applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (3)  Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed 
          pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11:/1/
              Not applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (4)  Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
              Not applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     [_]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange
Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was
paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
or the form or schedule and the date of its filing.

     (1)  Amount previously paid:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (2)  Form, schedule or registration statement no.:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (3)  Filing party:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (4)  Date filed:
- ----------------------
/1/ Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how
    it was determined.
<PAGE>
 
                              WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                          11301 INDUSTRIPLEX, SUITE 4
                      BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA  70809-4115
                          TELEPHONE:  (504) 293-5000

                                                                   _______, 1996

Dear Wireless One Stockholder:

          You are cordially invited to attend the 1996 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Wireless One, Inc., which is currently scheduled to be held on
_______, 1996, at 10:00 a.m. at the Company's corporate headquarters, 11301
Industriplex, Suite 4, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70809-4115.

          At the meeting, we will report to you on current business conditions
and recent developments at Wireless One.  Members of the Board of Directors and
all of our executive officers will be present to discuss the affairs of Wireless
One with you.

          The Company has enclosed a copy of its 1995 Annual Report for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and its Quarterly Report for the fiscal
quarter ended March 31, 1996 with this letter, notice of annual meeting of
stockholders and proxy statement.  If you would like another copy of the 1995
Annual Report or the Quarterly Report, please contact Michael Ellis, Vice
President -- Controller, at Wireless One, and you will be sent one.

          It is important that your shares be represented and voted at the
Annual Meeting, regardless of the size of your holdings.  Accordingly, please
complete, sign and date the enclosed proxy card and return it promptly in the
enclosed envelope to ensure your shares will be represented.  If you do attend
the Annual Meeting, you may, of course, withdraw your proxy should you wish to
vote in person.

          On behalf of the Board of Directors and management of Wireless One, I
would like to thank you for choosing to invest in our Company.  We are very
excited about the future of the Company and are looking forward to our first
annual meeting since the successful completion of our initial public offering in
October 1995.

                                     Sincerely,



                                     Hans J. Sternberg
                                     Chairman of the Board
 
<PAGE>
 
                              WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                          11301 INDUSTRIPLEX, SUITE 4
                      BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA  70809-4115

                   NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                                ________, 1996

          The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Wireless One, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), is currently scheduled to be held on ______, 1996,
at 10:00 a.m. (the "Annual Meeting"), at the Company's corporate headquarters,
11301 Industriplex, Suite 4, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, for the purpose of:

          (1)  Electing three (3) Directors to serve until the annual meeting of
               stockholders in 1999 and until their successors are duly elected
               and qualified;

          (2)  Approving the issuance of up to 3,553,333 shares of the Company's
               common stock, par value $.01 per share;

          (3)  Approving the appointment of the independent certified public
               accountants of the Company for the fiscal year ending December
               31, 1996; and

          (4)  Transacting such other business as may properly come before the
               Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

          The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on ______,
1996, as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
notice of, and to vote at, the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement
thereof.

                                 By Order of the Board of Directors



                                 William C. Norris, Jr.
                                 Secretary

________, 1996

          The Company's 1995 Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995 and its Quarterly Report for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996
are enclosed.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EVEN IF YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, SIGN,
DATE AND MAIL THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD.  A SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE IS ENCLOSED
FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
STOCKHOLDERS WHO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING MAY REVOKE THEIR PROXIES AND VOTE IN
PERSON IF THEY SO DESIRE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                              WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                          11301 INDUSTRIPLEX, SUITE 4
                      BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA  70809-4115

                                PROXY STATEMENT

                   ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD
                               ON _______, 1996

          This Proxy Statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation
by the Board of Directors of Wireless One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), of proxies to be used at the annual meeting of stockholders of the
Company currently scheduled to be held on ______, 1996 (the "Annual Meeting").
This Proxy Statement and the related proxy card are being mailed to holders of
the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
commencing on or about ______, 1996.

          If the enclosed proxy card is executed and returned, the shares
represented by it will be voted as directed on all matters properly coming
before the Annual Meeting for a vote.  Returning your completed proxy will not
prevent you from voting in person at the Annual Meeting should you be present
and desire to do so.  In addition, the proxy may be revoked at any time prior to
its exercise either by giving written notice to the Company or by submission of
a later-dated proxy.

          Stockholders of record of the Company's Common Stock at the close of
business on _______, 1996 will be entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.  On
that date, the Company had outstanding ________ shares of Common Stock.  A list
of the Company's stockholders will be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, at the Company's
headquarters for a period of ten days prior to the meeting.  Each share of
Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to
stockholders.  At the Annual Meeting, inspectors of election shall determine the
presence of a quorum and shall tabulate the results of the stockholders' voting.
The holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock entitled to vote must be present in person or by proxy to constitute the
necessary quorum for any business to be transacted at the Annual Meeting.  In
accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL"), properly executed proxies marked "abstain" as well as proxies held in
street name by brokers that are not voted on all proposals to come before the
Annual Meeting ("broker non-votes"), will be considered "present" for the
purposes of determining whether a quorum has been achieved at the Annual
Meeting.

          The three nominees for Director receiving the greatest number of votes
cast at the Annual Meeting in person or by proxy shall be elected.
Consequently, any shares of Common Stock present in person or by proxy at the
Annual Meeting but not voted for any reason have no impact in the election of
Directors, except to the extent that the failure to vote for an individual may
result in another individual receiving a larger number of votes.  All other
matters to be considered at the Annual Meeting require for approval the
favorable vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting
either in person or by proxy.  Stockholders have no right to cumulative voting
as to any matter, including the election of Directors.  If any proposal at the
Annual Meeting must receive a specific percentage of favorable votes for
approval, abstentions in respect of such proposal are treated as present and
entitled to vote under the DGCL and therefore have the effect of a vote against
such proposal.  Broker non-votes in respect of any proposal are not counted for
purposes of determining whether such proposal has received the requisite
approval under the DGCL.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
          The shares represented by all valid proxies received will be voted in
the manner specified on the proxies.  Where specific choices are not indicated
on a valid proxy, the shares represented by such proxies received will be voted:
(i) for the three nominees for Director named in this Proxy Statement; (ii) for
approval of the issuance of up to 3,553,333 shares of Common Stock as described
in this Proxy Statement; (iii) for approval of the appointment of KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP as independent certified public accountants; and (iv) in accordance
with the best judgment of the persons named in the enclosed proxy, or their
substitutes, for any other matters which properly come before the Annual Meeting
or any adjournment or postponement thereof.


                             ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

          The Board of Directors is currently comprised of eight Directors
divided into three classes.  The term of each class expires in different years.
The Board of Directors has nominated and recommends the election for the class
of Directors up for election at the Annual Meeting ("Class I") the three
nominees set forth below. Each nominee currently serves as Director of the
Company.  If any nominee becomes unavailable for any reason or should a vacancy
occur before the election (which events are not anticipated), the persons named
on the enclosed proxy card may substitute another person as a nominee or may add
or reduce the number of nominees to such extent as they shall deem advisable.
At the Annual Meeting, three Directors are to be elected as members of Class I
to serve until the annual meeting in 1999 and until their successors are elected
and qualified or until their earlier removal or resignation.  Newly created
directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of Directors
or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation,
disqualification or removal for cause may be filled by a vote of a majority of
the total number of the remaining Directors then in office.  All of the current
Directors were elected to the Board of Directors pursuant to a stockholders
agreement.  See "Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock --Stockholders Agreement."
Mr. Shimer was appointed to the Board of Directors in February 1996 to fill a
vacancy on the Board.  Messrs. Burkhalter and Chavkin were appointed to the
Board of Directors by Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation ("CMCC") in April 1996
pursuant to the stockholders agreement.  See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions".  At present, non-employee Directors of the Company receive an
annual fee of $5,000 and a meeting fee of $500 per meeting attended, plus
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, for their services as Directors of the
Company.  In addition, each non-employee Director of the Company who does not
serve on the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is eligible to
receive stock options under the Company's 1995 Directors' Option Plan.
Directors who are also employees of the Company do not receive any additional
compensation for serving on the Board of Directors.  In addition, the Directors
do not receive any additional compensation for committee participation.

          Information regarding the nominees for Director of the Company 
set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
NAME                 AGE         POSITION
- ----                 ---         --------         
<S>                  <C>  <C>
Hans J. Sternberg     60   Chairman of the Board

Arnold L. Chavkin     44        Director

David E. Webb(1)      49        Director

</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
               Information regarding Directors of the Company not subject to
reelection at the Annual Meeting is set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
            NAME               AGE          POSITION
            ----               ---          --------          
<S>                            <C>  <C>
Sean E. Reilly(1)               34  Chief Executive Officer,
                                     President and Director

Henry M. Burkhalter             48          Director

J. R. Holland, Jr.(1)(2)(3)     52          Director

William K. Luby(1)(2)(3)        35          Director

Daniel L. Shimer(2)             51          Director

 
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------
(1)  Member of the Operating Committee.
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3)  Member of the Audit Committee.

               There are no family relationships between or among any Directors
or executive officers of the Company.

DIRECTOR NOMINEES (CLASS I DIRECTORS) (TERM EXPIRING AT THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING)

          HANS J. STERNBERG has served as Chairman of the Company since its
founding in June 1995 and as Chairman of the Board of the Company's predecessor
("Old Wireless One") since its founding 1993.  He has also served as the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Starmount Life Insurance Company
("Starmount") since 1983.  He is a former owner and President and Chief
Executive Officer of Maison Blanche Department Stores, a chain of 24 department
stores which had annual revenues of approximately $480 million prior to its 1992
sale.  He invested in cellular telephones in the early 1980s, began in cable
television in 1972 as a founding partner and director of Cablesystems of
Hammond, Inc., and later helped found Cablesystems of Alabama, Inc.  He was an
owner and a director of radio stations WQXY, KOXY, WLCS and WWUN.  Mr. Sternberg
graduated from Princeton University in 1957.

          ARNOLD L. CHAVKIN has been a general partner of Chase Capital Partners
(which was known as "Chemical Venture Capital" until March 1996) since January
1992 and has served as the President of Chemical Investments, Inc. since March
1991.  Prior to joining Chase Capital Partners, Mr. Chavkin was a member of
Chemical Bank's merchant banking group and a generalist in its corporate finance
group specializing in mergers and acquisitions and private placements for the
energy industry.  His experience prior to Chemical Bank included corporate
development for Freeport McMoRan as well as positions with Gulf and Western
Industries and Arthur Young & Company.  Mr. Chavkin has been a director
TruVision Wireless, Inc. since August 1994 and is also a director of Reading &
Bates Corporation, American Radio Systems Corporation, Inc., Bell Sports, Inc.,
Envirotest Systems, Forcenergy Gas Exploration, Inc. and several privately held
firms.

          DAVID E. WEBB became a Director of the Company in June 1995.  He is a
co-founder of Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. ("Heartland"), and has
been President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Heartland since its
founding in September 1990.  During 1989 and 1990, Mr. Webb began acquiring
rights to wireless cable channels.  From 1979 to January 1989, Mr. Webb was a
shareholder,

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
director and manager of Durant Cablevision, Inc. and its predecessor, a
traditional hard-wire cable system company.  Mr. Webb has been a shareholder and
director of several media/communications companies involved in network and
independent television stations, AM and FM radio stations, paging and telephony.

CLASS II DIRECTORS (TERM EXPIRING AT THE 1997 ANNUAL MEETING)

          WILLIAM K. LUBY became a Director of the Company in June 1995 and a
director of Old Wireless One in April 1995.  From June 1992 to March 1996, Mr.
Luby was a managing director at CMCC, a private equity investing affiliate of
the Chase Manhattan Corporation.  From 1985 to 1992, Mr. Luby held various
positions in the Leveraged Lending and Restructuring groups at The Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A.  He is currently a director of numerous private companies.

          J. R. HOLLAND, JR. became a Director of the Company in June 1995.  He
began advising Heartland as a consultant in October 1992 and became Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Heartland in October 1993.  Mr. Holland has been
employed as President of Unity Hunt Resources, Inc. since September 1991. Unity
Hunt Resources is a large international, private holding company with interests
in entertainment, cable television, retail, investments, real estate, natural
resources and energy businesses.  Mr. Holland is also the President of Hunt
Capital, a principal stockholder of Heartland.  From November 1988 to September
1991, Mr. Holland was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
Nedinco, Inc., a large diversified international holding company.  Prior to
that, Mr. Holland was President and a director of KSA Industries, Inc., a
private, diversified company involved in entertainment, retail, transportation
and energy businesses, and President and a director of Western Services
International, Inc., a company involved in energy services, equipment and
chemicals.  Mr. Holland began his career with Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc., a
major management consulting firm.  In addition, Mr. Holland is currently a
director of Placid Refining Company and Optical Securities Group, Inc.

CLASS III DIRECTORS (TERM EXPIRING AT THE 1998 ANNUAL MEETING)

          SEAN E. REILLY has served as Chief Executive Officer, President and
Director of the Company since its founding in June 1995 and as Chief Executive
Officer and President of Old Wireless One since its founding in late 1993.
Prior to joining Old Wireless One, Mr. Reilly served as Vice-President of Real
Estate/Mergers and Acquisitions for Lamar Advertising Company ("Lamar"), an
outdoor advertising company, and continues to serve as a member of the Lamar
board of directors.  Mr. Reilly served in the Louisiana Legislature as a State
Representative from March 1988 to January 1996.  Mr. Reilly graduated from
Harvard University in 1984 and from Harvard Law School in 1989.

          HENRY M. BURKHALTER became a Director in April 1996.  Mr. Burkhalter
has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive
Officer of TruVision Wireless, Inc. since its incorporation in April 1994.
Since 1993, he has been a Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Wireless TV, Inc.  Since 1992, Mr. Burkhalter has been a Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer of Vision Communications, Inc., and since 1990 he has
been the Chairman of Pacific Coast Paging, Inc. From 1974 through 1992, Mr.
Burkhalter was the President and founder of Burkhalter & Company, a certified
public accounting firm.

          DANIEL L. SHIMER became a Director in March 1996.  Mr. Shimer has
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of COREStaff,
Inc. since April 1994.  Formed in late 1993, COREStaff has rapidly grown,
principally through acquisitions, to a $400 million top ten provider of staffing
services in the United States.  From March 1991 to March 1994, Mr. Shimer served
as the Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer, and President of
National Accounts for Brice Foods, Inc.  From February 1983 to

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
March 1991, he was associated with Bard & Company, Inc. in various senior
financial capacities among its publicly traded affiliates, including Foxmeyer
Corporation, Coast America Corporation, and Computerland Corporation.  Mr.
Shimer, a certified public accountant, began his career at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
and has over 25 years of financial management experience.

COMMITTEES AND DIRECTORS' MEETINGS

          The Board of Directors has three standing committees: the Operating
Committee, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.  These committees
were established in October 1995 in connection with the Company's initial public
offering.

          The Operating Committee is authorized to oversee the operations of the
Company and to make reports to the full Board.  The Operating Committee did not
conduct any meetings in 1995.

          The Audit Committee is authorized to oversee the activities of the
Company's independent auditors, including approving the scope of the annual
audit activities of the independent auditors, and review such audit results and
the internal audit controls of the Company.  The Audit Committee did not conduct
any meetings in 1995.

          The Compensation Committee is authorized to make recommendations to
the Board with respect to general employee benefit levels, determine the
compensation and benefits of the Company's executive officers and administer the
Company's stock option plans.  The Compensation Committee held two meetings in
1995.

          The Board of Directors held three meetings during the Company's
preceding fiscal year.  All of the Directors attended 75% or more of the total
number of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the total number of meetings
held by all committees of the Board on which he served as a member conducted
during the period in which each served as a Director and as a member of such
committee.

          The Company does not have a nominating committee.  The entire Board of
Directors currently is responsible for filling vacancies on the Board as they
occur and recommending candidates for election as Directors at the annual
meetings of stockholders.  The Board will consider individuals recommended for
nominations by stockholders of the Company.  Such recommendations should be
submitted in writing to the Chairman of the Board, who will submit them to the
entire Board for its consideration.  The recommendation must be accompanied by
the consent of the individual nominated to be elected and to serve.

          In addition, the By-Laws of the Company (the "By-Laws") require that
advance notice of nominations for the election of Directors to be made by a
stockholder (as distinguished from a stockholder's recommendation to the Board)
be given to the Secretary of the Company in the case of an annual meeting, no
later than 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's
annual meeting of stockholders, provided, that in the event that the date of the
annual meeting is changed from 30 days from such anniversary date, notice by
stockholders must be received no later than the close of business on the tenth
(10th) day following the earlier of the date on which this notice was mailed or
public announcement of the meeting was made and, in the case of a special
meeting, not later than the tenth (10th) day following the earlier of the day on
which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the
meeting was made.  Such notice must include (i) as to each person whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director at such meeting all
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written consent to
being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected); (ii) as to

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
the stockholder giving the notice, (A) the name and address, as they appear on
the Company's books, of such stockholder and (B) the class and number of shares
of the Company which are beneficially owned by such stockholder and also which
are owned of record by such stockholder; and (iii) as to the beneficial owner,
if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (A) the name and address of such
person and (B) the class and number of shares of the Company which are
beneficially owned by such person.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

          The members of the Company's Compensation Committee are Messrs.
Holland, Luby and Shimer. No officers or employees of the Company serve on the
Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee was established in October
1995 in connection with the Company's initial public offering. Previous
compensation levels for Messrs. Sternberg, Reilly and William C. Norris, Senior
Vice President--System Launches and Secretary, were established pursuant to the
terms of their respective employment agreements.  See "Employment Agreements."
The compensation for Messrs. J. Robert Gary and Alton C. Rye, the other
executive officers of the Company, was approved by the full Board of Directors
upon the recommendation of Hans J. Sternberg, Chairman of the Board.  Executive
officers who are also Directors of the Company did not participate in
discussions relating to their individual compensation arrangements.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          Preferred Stock Investments.  In April 1995, certain investors
purchased redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to acquire common
stock of Old Wireless One in a private placement resulting in net proceeds of
approximately $14 million to Old Wireless One.  The following investors
purchased redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to acquire common
stock in the amounts indicated: CMCC--8,000 preferred shares and warrants to
purchase 320,000 shares of common stock ($8.0 million); Premier Venture Capital
Corporation--2,500 preferred shares and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of
common stock ($2.5 million); affiliates of Advantage Capital Corporation--2,000
preferred shares and warrants to purchase 80,000 shares of common stock ($2.0
million); and certain members of Mr. Sternberg's immediate family--252 preferred
shares and warrants to purchase 8,400 shares of common stock.  All such
preferred shares and warrants to purchase shares of common stock were converted
into shares of Common Stock of the Company in the Heartland Transaction (defined
below).

          Heartland Transaction.  In October 1995, Heartland and all the
stockholders of Old Wireless One consummated a transaction (the "Heartland
Transaction"), whereby the Company acquired (i) all of the outstanding capital
stock of Old Wireless One (which retained all of its assets and liabilities
except its wireless cable television assets and certain related liabilities with
respect to the Springfield, Missouri market which Heartland acquired) through
the merger of a subsidiary of the Company with Old Wireless One and (ii) the
wireless cable television assets and all related liabilities of certain
subsidiaries of Heartland with respect to certain of Heartland's markets located
in Texas, Louisiana, Alabama, Georgia and Florida.  In connection with the
Heartland Transaction, the contributing subsidiaries of Heartland and the
stockholders of Old Wireless One received an aggregate of approximately 3.5
million and approximately 6.5 million shares of Common Stock, respectively, with
an aggregate of 200,000 of such shares of Common Stock placed in escrow to be
distributed to either the Old Wireless One stockholders and/or the contributing
subsidiaries of Heartland, but not to the Company.  The distribution of the
shares of Common Stock held in escrow will depend upon certain working capital
post-closing adjustments.  Upon consummation of the Heartland Transaction, the
contributing subsidiaries of Heartland received a promissory note for $3 million
and a promissory note for $7 million, which notes were repaid from the proceeds
of the Company's debt and equity offerings.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          In connection with the Heartland Transaction, Heartland and the
Company entered into an agreement whereby (i) the Company agreed not to compete
with Heartland or any of Heartland's subsidiaries in the wireless cable
television business in specified markets in which Heartland and its subsidiaries
operate or have significant channel rights, (ii) Heartland agreed not to compete
with the Company in the wireless cable television business in specified markets,
including all of the markets described herein and (iii) if at any time a
wireless cable television system operated by the Company interferes with the
signal transmission of a wireless cable television system operated by Heartland
or one of Heartland's subsidiaries (or vice versa), then the Company, Heartland
and their respective subsidiaries will use their best efforts to negotiate and
enter into an appropriate non-interference agreement.

          In connection with the Heartland Transaction, the Company entered into
a registration agreement with Heartland, the contributing Heartland subsidiaries
and all of the former stockholders of Old Wireless One (the "Registration
Agreement").  Under the Registration Agreement, at any time after the second
anniversary of the Heartland Transaction, the holders of a majority of the
Common Stock issued to the former stockholders of Old Wireless One in the
Heartland Transaction and the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued
to certain of Heartland's subsidiaries in the Heartland Transaction shall each
have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to
register any or all of such Common Stock under the Securities Act on Form S-1 on
three occasions at the Company's expense and on Form S-2 or S-3 on an additional
three occasions at the Company's expense.  Heartland and its subsidiaries and
the stockholders of Old Wireless One are also entitled to request the inclusion
of any Common Stock subject to the Registration Agreement in any registration
statement at the Company's expense whenever the Company proposes to register any
of its securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions.

          In connection with the Heartland Transaction, the Company, Heartland
and certain of the Old Wireless One stockholders entered into a stockholders
agreement (as presently in effect, the "Stockholders Agreement").  See
"Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock - Stockholders Agreement."

          TruVision Transaction.  On April 25, 1996, pursuant to an Agreement
and Plan of Merger among the Company, TruVision Wireless, Inc. ("TruVision") and
Wireless One MergerSub, Inc. (the "TruVision Merger Agreement"), the Company
agreed to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of TruVision through the
merger of a subsidiary of the Company with TruVision (together with the issuance
to Vision Communications, Inc. described below, the "TruVision Transaction").
In that merger, the Company will issue  to the TruVision shareholders up to
3,373,333 shares of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments, and certain of
such shares may be placed in escrow.  The former TruVision shareholders will
receive shares placed in escrow upon the satisfaction  of certain conditions
relating to the ownership of certain assets by TruVision and the closing of
certain pending TruVision acquisitions.  Shares of Common Stock placed in escrow
and not distributed to the former TruVision shareholders will be returned to the
Company.

          TruVision acquires, develops, owns and operates wireless cable
television systems within the southeastern United States. TruVision currently
(i) operates wireless cable systems in four markets located in Jackson,
Mississippi and the Delta and the Gulf Coast regions of Mississippi, and
Demopolis, Alabama (ii) holds wireless cable rights for the remainder of the
State of Mississippi, and in Tuscaloosa, Alabama and in Memphis and Flippin,
Tennessee, where it expects to launch wireless cable systems in 1996 and 1997
and (iii) has acquisition transactions pending in a number of additional markets
including Chattanooga, Jackson and Lawrenceburg, Tennessee; Huntsville and
Gadsden, Alabama; Hot Springs, Arkansas and Jacksonville, North Carolina.

          Chase Venture Partners Associates, an affiliate of Chemical Bank which
was formerly known as "Chemical Venture Capital Associates" ("CVCA"), owns 45.1%
of the outstanding TruVision common stock on a fully-diluted basis, and CMCC, a
subsidiary of The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., owns 14.8% of the

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Common Stock of the Company.  In addition, CVCA is a general partner of Baseball
Partners, which owns 2.9% of the Common Stock of the Company.  In March 1996,
the parent company of Chemical Bank merged with and into The Chase Manhattan
Corporation, the parent company of The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., and The Chase
Manhattan Corporation thereby became the indirect owner of 45.1% of the
outstanding TruVision common stock on a fully-diluted basis.  Mr. Chavkin is an
officer of certain subsidiaries of The Chase Manhattan Corporation.  In
addition, 52.2% of the outstanding TruVision common stock, on a fully-diluted
basis, is owned by Mississippi Wireless TV, L.P., a partnership which is
controlled by Mr. Burkhalter.

          In connection with the merger described above, the Company will issue
to Vision Communications, Inc., a corporation controlled by Mr. Burkhalter
("Vision Communications"), 180,000 shares of Common Stock, and will pay to
Vision Communications $1.8 million in cash, in each case in satisfaction of
certain obligations of TruVision.  Upon the consummation of the TruVision
Transaction, the Company will enter into employment agreements with Mr.
Burkhalter, who is the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of TruVision, and William R. Byer, Jr., the Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer of TruVision.  In addition, upon the consummation of the
TruVision Transaction, the Company will assume the non-qualified stock options
issued by TruVision.  As assumed by the Company, such options will cover the
following number of shares at the weighted average exercise prices indicated:
Mr. Burkhalter --78,105 shares of Common Stock, $6.82 per share; Mr. Byer --
62,411 of Common Stock, $6.82 per share; all other persons--36,467 shares of
Common Stock, $6.82 per share.  All such options will be fully vested. The
present shareholders of TruVision, the persons who will receive such options,
and Vision Communications are collectively referred to as the "former TruVision
Stockholders."

          The shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the
TruVision Transaction will not be registered under the Securities Act.  The
Registration Agreement will be amended and restated in connection with the
consummation of the TruVision Transaction, with the former TruVision
Stockholders becoming parties thereto.  Under such amended and restated
Registration Agreement (the "New Registration Agreement"), (a) at any time after
October 24, 1997, any of (i) the holders of a majority of the Common Stock
issued to the former stockholders of Old Wireless One (other than CMCC and
Baseball Partners) in the Heartland Transaction, (ii) the holders of a majority
of the Common Stock  issued to Heartland and/or certain of Heartland's
subsidiaries in the Heartland Transaction, (iii) the holders of a majority of
the Common Stock to be issued to the Former TruVision Stockholders (other than
CVCA) in the TruVision Transaction, and/or (iv) the holders of a majority of the
Common Stock issued to CMCC and Baseball Partners in the Heartland Transaction
or to be issued to CVCA in the TruVision Transaction, shall each have the right,
subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to register any or all of
such Common Stock under the Securities Act on Form S-1 on three occasions at the
Company's expense and on Form S-2 or S-3 on an additional three occasions at the
Company's expense, and (b) at any time after October 24, 1996, the holders of a
majority of the Common Stock issued to Vision Communications shall have the
right, subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to register any or
all of such Common Stock under the Securities Act on Form S-3 on one occasion at
the Company's expense.  The holders of any such shares of Common Stock also will
be entitled to request the inclusion of any Common Stock subject to the
Registration Agreement in any registration statement at the Company's expense
whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities Act, subject to certain conditions.

          In connection with the execution of the TruVision Merger Agreement,
the Company, Heartland and certain of the Old Wireless One stockholders amended
the Stockholders Agreement to increase the size of the Board from seven to
eight.  At that time, James J. Collis resigned as a Director, and CMCC appointed
Messrs. Burkhalter and Chavkin as Directors pursuant to the Stockholders
Agreement.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          In connection with the TruVision Transaction, CMCC, Baseball Partners,
Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc., Hans J. Sternberg, Sean Reilly, Premier
Venture Capital  Corporation and Lamar Advertising Company, Inc. entered into
the Wireless One Voting Agreement (the "Voting Agreement"), pursuant to which
they have agreed to vote their shares to approve and adopt actions related to
the consummation of the TruVision Transaction.  Collectively, the parties to the
Voting Agreement own 52.7% of the Common Stock.  Accordingly, the proposal to
issue Common Stock will be adopted by the Company if the shares owned by such
parties are voted in accordance with the Voting Agreement.

          Other Transactions.  The Company leases approximately 2,500 square
feet of office space for its corporate headquarters in Baton Rouge, Louisiana,
under a lease from Starmount.  Mr. Sternberg is Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and owner of Starmount.  The Company pays approximately $25,000 to
Starmount annually for such space.  The Company believes the lease was entered
into on terms reflecting then current market rates.  The lease with Starmount
expires on April 30, 1997.  The Company moved into larger corporate
headquarters and terminated such lease on April 30, 1996 without further payment
or penalty.

          The terms of the transactions described above were determined by the
parties thereto, and the Company believes that such transactions involving
affiliates were on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been
obtained from unaffiliated third parties in arms-length transactions.  The
Company expects that all future transactions between the Company and its
officers, Directors, principal stockholders and affiliates will be on terms no
less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company's officers,
Directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of the
Company's Common Stock to file reports of securities ownership and changes in
such ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  Officers,
Directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners also are required by
rules promulgated by the SEC to furnish the Company with copies of all Section
16(a) forms they file.

          Based solely upon a review of the copies of such forms furnished to
the Company, or written representations that no Form 5 filings were required,
the Company believes that during the period from October 19, 1995 (the date the
Company's Common Stock became registered under the Exchange Act) through
December 31, 1995, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its
officers, Directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners were complied
with other than by Messrs. Gary and Rye, each of whom filed a late Form 4
disclosing the purchase of shares of Common Stock.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                     BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

          Except as otherwise noted, the following table sets forth certain
information as of April 1, 1996 as to the security ownership of those persons
owning of record or known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than
five percent of the voting securities of the Company and the security ownership
of equity securities of the Company by (i) each of the Directors of the Company,
(ii) each of the Director nominees, (iii) each of the executive officers named
in the Summary Compensation Table, and (iv) all Directors and executive officers
as a group.  All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been
furnished by the respective Director, Director nominees, executive officer or
five percent beneficial owner, as the case may be.  Unless otherwise indicated,
the persons named below have sole voting and investment power with respect to
the number of shares set forth opposite their names.  Beneficial ownership of
the Common Stock has been determined for this purpose in accordance with the
applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          COMMON STOCK (1)         
                                                                     --------------------------    
                                                                                       PERCENT     
         DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND 5% STOCKHOLDERS                     NUMBER OF SHARES  OF CLASS    
- ------------------------------------------------------------         ----------------  --------    
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>         
Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. (2)(3)................              3,361,538      24.9%
          903 North Bowser, Suite 140
          Richardson, Texas  75081

Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation (2)(4)....................              2,384,916      17.7%
          One Chase Manhattan Plaza
          New York, New York  10081

Premier Venture Capital Corporation (2)(5)....................                754,268       5.6%
          451 Florida Street
          Baton Rouge, Louisiana  70821

Advantage Capital Corporation (2)(6)..........................                630,489       4.7%
          LL&E Tower
          909 Poydras Street, Suite 2230
          New Orleans, Louisiana  70112

Hans J. Sternberg (2)(7)......................................                374,193       2.7%

Sean E. Reilly (2)(8).........................................                101,755         *

Henry M. Burkhalter...........................................                     --        --

Arnold L. Chavkin (12)........................................              2,384,916      17.7%

J. R. Holland, Jr. (9)........................................              3,361,538      24.9%

William K. Luby (10)..........................................                393,226       2.9%

Daniel L. Shimer..............................................                  4,800         *

David E. Webb (1).............................................              3,361,538      24.9%

All Directors and executive officers as a group...............              4,376,222      32.4%
          (11 persons, including those listed above)
 
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------------------
* Less than one percent.

(1)  Does not include an  aggregate of 200,000 of such shares currently being
     held in escrow.  Such shares will be distributed to either the Old Wireless
     One stockholders or the Heartland subsidiaries.  The distribution of shares

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     held in escrow will depend upon certain working capital post-closing
     adjustments relating to the Heartland Transaction.

(2)  Heartland and certain of its subsidiaries, CMCC, Baseball Partners, Premier
     Venture Capital Corporation, Advantage Capital Partners Limited Partnership
     and Advantage Capital Partners II Limited Partnership, Mr. Sternberg and
     Mr. Reilly, each of whose ownership of Common Stock is disclosed in the
     table, are parties to Stockholders Agreement.  See "Stockholders
     Agreement."  Each of the parties to the Stockholders Agreement disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares of Common Stock owned by the other
     parties to such agreement.

(3)  Heartland reported on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, as of December 31,
     1995, shared voting and dispositive power with respect to an aggregate of
     3,361,538 shares of Common Stock owned by certain direct and indirect
     subsidiaries of Heartland.

(4)  CMCC reported on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, as of December 31,
     1995, shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 1,991,690 shares
     of Common Stock, together with The Chase Manhattan Bank (National
     Association), the direct parent of CMCC, and The Chase Manhattan
     Corporation, the ultimate parent of CMCC. Baseball Partners has agreed to
     grant CMCC an irrevocable proxy to vote all of the 393,226 shares of Common
     Stock owned by Baseball Partners.

(5)  As reported on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC with respect to the shares
     of Common Stock held by Premier Venture Capital Corporation ("PVCC") as of
     December 31, 1995.  PVCC is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Premier
     Bancorp, Inc., which is a publicly-traded corporation.

(6)  Advantage Capital Corporation ("ACC"), as the sole general partner of
     Advantage Capital Partners Limited Partnership and Advantage Capital
     Limited Partners II Limited Partnership, reported on a Schedule 13G filed
     with the SEC, as of December 31, 1995, sole voting and dispositive power
     with respect to the shares held by such partnerships.  Mr. Steven T. Stull
     is the majority stockholder of ACC.

(7)  Includes 12,520 shares owned by Mr. Sternberg's wife and 85,537 shares
     issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable options.

(8)  Includes 85,537 shares issuable upon the exercise of presently exercisable
     options.

(9)  Includes 3,361,538 shares beneficially owned by Heartland.  Mr. Holland is
     the Manager and President of Hunt Capital Group, L.L.C., a principal
     stockholder of Heartland.  Mr. Holland is the Chairman of the Board of
     Heartland.  Mr. Holland disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by
     Heartland.

(10) Reflects shares of Common Stock which are beneficially owned by Baseball
     Partners.  Mr. Luby is a general partner of Baseball Partners and therefore
     may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such shares.  Mr. Luby disclaims
     beneficial ownership of all of the shares of Common Stock owned by Baseball
     Partners in which Mr. Luby has no pecuniary interest.  Certain affiliates
     of CMCC, including CVCA, are general partners of Baseball Partners.

(11) Includes 3,361,538 shares beneficially owned by Heartland.  Mr. Webb is
     President and Chief Executive Officer and a director and principal
     stockholder of Heartland.  Mr. Webb disclaims beneficial ownership of the
     shares of Common Stock owned by Heartland and in which Mr. Webb has no
     pecuniary interest.

(12) Reflects 393,226 shares of Common Stock which are beneficially owned by
     Baseball Partners and 1,991,690 shares of Common Stock which are
     beneficially owned by CMCC.  Mr. Chavkin is a general partner of CVCA,
     which is a general partner of Baseball Partners and an affiliate of CMCC,
     and therefore may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such shares.  Mr.
     Chavkin disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares of Common Stock
     owned by Baseball Partners and CMCC.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

          In connection with the Heartland Transaction, CMCC, Baseball Partners,
Premier Venture Capital Corporation, affiliates of Advantage Capital Corporation
("ACC"), Mr. Sternberg and Mr. Reilly, each of whom was a former stockholder of
Old Wireless One, and Heartland and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a
stockholders agreement.  As amended in connection with the execution of the
TruVision Merger Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement requires, among other
things, that the parties thereto vote their Common Stock so that the Board of
Directors of the Company will have up to eight members, one of whom will be Sean
Reilly (so long as he is the President of the Company), up to three of whom will
be designated by Heartland (at least one of whom must be independent of
Heartland, the Company and the Old Wireless One stockholders who are parties to
the Stockholders Agreement), up to two of whom will be designated by a majority
of the Old Wireless One stockholders who are parties to the Stockholders
Agreement other than CMCC and Baseball Partners (at least one of whom must be
independent of Heartland, the Company and such stockholders), and up to two of
whom will be designated by CMCC and Baseball Partners. The current Directors
proposed by Heartland are Messrs. Holland, Shimer and Webb; the current
Directors proposed by the Old Wireless One stockholders are Messrs. Sternberg
and Luby; the current Directors proposed by CMCC and Baseball Partners are
Messrs. Burkhalter and Chavkin.

          Based upon certain filings made by the parties to the Stockholders
Agreement with the SEC, the Company believes that the parties to the
Stockholders Agreement collectively beneficially own an aggregate of 7,607,159
shares of Common Stock (including 171,074 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of presently exercisable stock options held by Messrs. Sternberg
and Reilly), which represents approximately 55.6% of the outstanding Common
Stock.  As a result, such stockholders are able to control the election of the
members of the Company's Board of Directors and to generally exercise control
over the Company's affairs.  The Stockholders Agreement also provides that,
without the prior approval of the Board and until October 24, 1998, the parties
to the Stockholders Agreement may not, without the approval of a majority of the
Directors, (i) acquire equity securities of the Company (or rights or options to
acquire equity securities of the Company other than equity securities issued or
issuable with respect to such Common Stock, securities issued to them pursuant
to Board-approved option plans and the acquisition of up to 250,000 shares of
Common Stock by Heartland or ACC), (ii) solicit proxies or consents in
opposition to solicitations made by or on behalf of the Board or (iii) other
than in connection with the Stockholders Agreement, act together with any other
person to  acquire, hold, vote or dispose of securities of the Company.

          The Stockholders Agreement will be amended and restated in connection
with the consummation of the TruVision Transaction, with the Former TruVision
Stockholders becoming parties thereto.  In such amended and restated agreement
(the "New Stockholders Agreement"), the parties thereto, among other things,
will agree to vote their Common Stock so that the Board of Directors of the
Company will have up to nine members, up to three of whom will be designated by
Heartland (at least one of whom must be independent of Heartland, the Company
and the Old Wireless One stockholders who are parties to the Stockholders
Agreement), up to three of whom will be designated by a majority of the Old
Wireless One stockholders who are parties to the Stockholders Agreement other
than CMCC and Baseball Partners (at least one of whom must be independent of
Wireless One, the Company and such stockholders), up to two of whom will be
designated by CMCC, Baseball Partners and CVCA, collectively, and one of whom
may be designated by the Former TruVision Stockholders other than CVCA.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                       COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

          The table below provides information relating to compensation for the
Company's last two fiscal years for the Chief Executive Officer.  No other
executive officers of the Company received compensation in excess of $100,000 in
either of those years.  The amounts shown include compensation for services in
all capacities that were provided to the Company or Old Wireless One  and their
respective subsidiaries.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                               Long-Term
                                                              Compensation
                                                        ------------------------         
                                                                 Awards 
                                                        ------------------------           


                               Annual Compensation        Restricted   Securities
        Name and           ---------------------------      Stock      Underlying      All Other 
   Principal Position      Year   Salary($)   Bonus ($)   Awards($)    Options(#)     Compensation 
   ------------------     -----  ---------    --------  ------------  -----------   ---------------
                                                                                      
<S>                       <C>    <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>       
Sean E. Reilly             1995   $87,692       --           --        201,395(1)          --
    President and Chief    1994   $35,000(2)    --           --        113,144(3)          --
    Executive Officer
 
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------

(1)  Such options were originally issued in April 1995 and were to purchase
     shares of common stock of Old Wireless One. Such options were assumed by
     the Company under its 1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan (the
     "Incentive Plan") in October 1995 in connection with the Heartland
     Transaction.
(2)  Mr. Reilly began receiving compensation from Old Wireless One on June 1,
     1994.
(3)  Such options were originally issued in September 1994 and were to purchase
     shares of common stock of Old Wireless One. Such options were assumed by
     the Company under its Incentive Plan in October 1995 in connection with the
     Heartland Transaction.

STOCK OPTION GRANTS

          The following table provides information relating to the stock options
awarded to the Chief Executive Officer during the Company's last fiscal year.

                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Individual Grants                                                             Potential Realizable Value at
                                                                              Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
                                                                                         Price
                                                                              Appreciation for Option Term
                        Individual Grants                                                 (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------     ------------------------------------           

<S>               <C>                 <C>                <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>         
                                                     
                  Number of                                                                                     
                  Securities                                                         
                  Underlying          Percent of Total                           
                  Options             Options Granted      Exercise Price  Expiration 
    Name          Granted (#)(2)      in Fiscal Year             ($)        Date(3)     5% ($)    10% ($) 
- ------------      --------------      ----------------     --------------  ----------   ------    --------
Sean E. Reilly     201,395(4)              36.3%                 (5)        4/14/01     $57,196   $199,784
 
- ----------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Amounts reflect certain assumed rates of appreciation set forth in the
     SEC's executive compensation disclosure rules. Actual gains, if any, on
     stock options exercises depend on future performance of the Company's
     Common Stock and overall market conditions.  The fair market value of the
     common stock on the date of grant was estimated to be $4.16 per share.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     See Note (4).  At an annual rate of appreciation of 5% per year for the
     option term, the stock price would be $5.57 per share.  At an annual rate
     of appreciation of 10% per year for the option term, the stock price would
     be $7.37 per share.

(2)  All options vest in five equal installments, with accelerated vesting in
     the event of a change in control of the Company.

(3)  All options listed in the table also expire one year following the
     termination of employment with the Company of such holder for any reason.

(4)  Such options were originally issued in April 1995 and were to purchase
     shares of common stock of Old Wireless One. Such options were assumed by
     the Company under its Incentive Plan in October 1995 in connection with the
     Heartland Transaction.

(5)  The exercise price of such options varies depending upon the date such
     options become exercisable.  The exercise price with respect to the first
     20% installment of options is $4.16 per share, which is increased 35% per
     year for each of the remaining four installments.

STOCK OPTION HOLDINGS

          The following table sets forth information with respect to the Chief
Executive Officer concerning the stock options held as of December 31, 1995.
There were no stock options exercised during the last fiscal year of the
Company.

                    AGGREGATED FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                               Number of Securities Underlying                                         
                                             Unexercised Options at Fiscal Year-     Value of Unexercised In-the-Money 
                                                          End (#)                     Options at Fiscal Year-End ($)  
                                             -----------------------------------     ---------------------------------
              Name                               Exercisable/Unexercisable             Exercisable/Unexercisable(2)   
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------     ---------------------------------   
<S>                                         <C>                                   <C>                                 
Sean E. Reilly (1)..................                   62,908/251,631                       $729,893/$2,088,212   
- ----------------------          
</TABLE>

(1)  Of these shares underlying the options held by Mr. Reilly, options for
     113,144 shares are exercisable at a price of $6.21 per share and options
     for 201,395 shares are exercisable at various prices depending upon the
     date such options became exercisable.  The first 20% installment of options
     are exercisable at $4.16 per share, which is increased 35% per year for
     each of the remaining four installments.

(2)  The closing sale price of the Common Stock on December 29, 1995 was $16.50
     as reported by the Nasdaq National Market. The value of such options at the
     fiscal year end is calculated on the basis of the difference between the
     option exercise price and $16.50 multiplied by the number of shares of
     Common Stock underlying the option.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

          In connection with the consummation of the Heartland Transaction, the
Company entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Sternberg, Reilly and
Norris.  The employment agreements provide for payment of a specified base
salary indexed to inflation and bonuses in the sole discretion of the
Compensation Committee based upon the executive's performance and the Company's
operating results.  The term of each agreement is for two years, subject to
automatic annual renewal until the tenth anniversary of the date of such
agreement.  Each employment agreement provides that each executive may be
terminated with or without cause, and will provide that the executive will not
compete with the Company or its subsidiaries within a specified area during the
period of employment and for the two years thereafter.  Each executive will be
entitled to receive a severance payment in the event of a resignation caused by
the relocation of the Company's executive offices to a location more than 60
miles from its present location.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
1995 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

          BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE.  Set forth below is a description of the
Wireless One, Inc. 1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.  The Incentive
Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on October 17, 1995
and approved by the stockholders of the Company and became effective on October
18, 1995.  The Incentive Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and is not qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  The purpose of the
Incentive Plan is to provide incentives to certain employees of the Company and
any of its subsidiaries and other key individuals.

          ADMINISTRATION.  The Incentive Plan is administered solely by the
Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Company's Board of Directors;
provided that the Committee may, at any time or from time to time, delegate the
administration of the Incentive Plan in whole or in part, on such terms and
conditions, to such other person or persons as it may determine in its
discretion, if and to the extent that both (a) Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule
("Rule 16b-3") under the Exchange Act, so permits without adversely affecting
the ability of the Incentive Plan to comply with the conditions for exemption
from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), and (b)
Section 162(m) (or any successor provision) of the Code, and any implementing
regulations (or any successor provisions), so permits without adversely
affecting the deductibility of certain executive compensation.  No member of the
Committee may have within one year prior to his appointment received awards
under the Incentive Plan ("Awards") or under any other plan, program or
arrangement of the Company or any of its affiliates if such receipt would cause
such member to cease to be a "disinterested person" under Rule 16b-3.

          The Committee has the powers vested in it by the terms of the
Incentive Plan, such powers to include exclusive authority (except as may be
delegated as permitted herein) (i) to select the employees of the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company and other key individuals to be granted Awards under
the Incentive Plan, (ii) to determine the type, size and terms of the Award to
be made to each individual selected, subject to certain limitations, (iii) to
modify the terms of any Award that has been granted, (iv) to determine the time
when Awards will be granted, (v) to establish performance objectives, (vi) to
make any adjustments necessary or desirable as a result of the granting of
Awards to eligible individuals located outside the United States and (vii) to
prescribe the form of the instruments embodying Awards made under the Incentive
Plan. In addition, the Committee is authorized (A) to interpret the Incentive
Plan and the Awards granted under the Incentive Plan, (B) to establish, amend
and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan, and (C) to
make any other determinations which it deems necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Incentive Plan.

          ELIGIBILITY.  Consistent with the purposes of the Incentive Plan, the
Committee has exclusive power (except as may be delegated as permitted herein)
to select the key employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and
other key individuals performing services for the Company or any of its
subsidiaries who may participate in the Incentive Plan and be granted Awards
under the Incentive Plan. Eligible individuals may be selected individually or
by groups or categories, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.  No
non-employee director of the Company shall be eligible to receive an Award under
the Incentive Plan.  The term "subsidiary" as used in this Incentive Plan means
any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations
beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent or more of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such chain.

          AWARDS UNDER THE INCENTIVE PLAN.  Awards under the Incentive Plan may
include, but need not be limited to, one or more of the following types, either
alone or in any combination thereof:  (i) "Stock

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
Options," (ii) "Stock Appreciation Rights," (iii) "Restricted Stock," (iv)
"Performance Grants" and (v) any other type of Award deemed by the Committee in
its discretion to be consistent with the purposes of the Incentive Plan
(including, but not limited to, Awards of or options or similar rights granted
with respect to unbundled stock units or components thereof, and Awards to be
made to participants who are foreign nationals or are employed or performing
services outside the United States).  Stock Options, which include "Nonqualified
Stock Options" (which may be awarded to participants or sold at a price
determined by the Committee ("Purchased Options")) and "Incentive Stock Options"
or combinations thereof, are rights to purchase common shares of the Company
having a par value of $.01 per share and stock of any other class into which
such shares may thereafter be changed (the "Common Shares").

          There may be issued under the Incentive Plan (as Restricted Stock, in
payment of Performance Grants, pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options or
Stock Appreciation Rights, or in payment of or pursuant to the exercise of such
other Awards as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine) an aggregate of
not more than 1,300,000 Common Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in the
Incentive Plan.  The maximum number of Common Shares with respect to which Stock
Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Performance Grants or any
other Award may be granted to any one participant in any one taxable year of the
Company may not exceed 325,000 Common Shares (the "Participant Limitation").
Common Shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan may be authorized but
unissued shares, treasury shares, reacquired shares, or any combination thereof.
If any Common Shares issued as Restricted Stock or otherwise subject to
repurchase or forfeiture rights are reacquired by the Company pursuant to such
rights, or if any Award is canceled, terminates or expires unexercised, any
Common Shares that would otherwise have been issuable pursuant thereto will be
available for issuance under new Awards.  Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee in its discretion, a participant to whom an Award of Restricted Stock
has been made (and any person succeeding to such a participant's rights pursuant
to the Incentive Plan) shall have, after issuance of a certificate for the
number of Common Shares awarded and prior to the expiration of any restrictions
thereon, ownership of such Common Shares, including the right to vote the same
and to receive dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to
such Common Shares, subject, however, to the options, restrictions and
limitations imposed thereon pursuant to the Incentive Plan.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a participant with whom an Award agreement is made to issue Common
Shares in the future, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to
Common Shares related to such agreement until issuance of a certificate to him.
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, a participant to
whom a grant of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Grants or
any other Award is made (and any person succeeding to such a participant's
rights pursuant to the Incentive Plan) shall have no rights as a stockholder
with respect to any Common Shares or as a holder with respect to other
securities, if any, issuable pursuant to any such Award until the date of the
issuance of a stock certificate to him for such Common Shares or other
instrument of ownership, if any.

          Stock Options.  The Committee may grant or sell Stock Options either
alone, or in conjunction with Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Grants or
other Awards, either at the time of grant or by amendment thereafter; provided,
that (A) an Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to an eligible employee
of the Company or of any parent or Subsidiary of the Company; (B) no Incentive
Stock Option shall be issued in conjunction with or include an alternative right
if the exercise of either such alternative right or the Incentive Stock Option
would affect the right to exercise the other or would otherwise permit the
avoidance of the requirements of Code (S)422(b); and (C) any arrangement under
which a Stock Appreciation Right is issued in conjunction with an Incentive
Stock Option shall meet the requirements of applicable Temporary Treasury
regulations.  Each Stock Option (referred to herein as an "Option") granted or
sold under the Incentive Plan must be evidenced by an instrument in such form as
the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Incentive
Plan (an "Award Instrument") and shall comply with certain terms and conditions
set forth in the Incentive Plan, and with such other terms and conditions,
including, but not limited

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
to, restrictions upon the Option or the Common Shares issuable upon exercise
thereof, as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish.  Among other
things, the Incentive Plan provides that the exercise price of an Incentive
Stock Option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock  on the date of grant and the term of any such Option may not exceed 10
years from the date of grant.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation
Rights either alone, or in conjunction with Stock Options, Performance Grants or
other Awards, either at the time of grant or by amendment thereafter.  Each
Award of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Incentive Plan shall be
evidenced by an Award Instrument and shall comply with the certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Incentive Plan, and with such other terms and
conditions, including, but not limited to, restrictions upon the Award of Stock
Appreciation Rights or the Common Shares issuable upon exercise thereof, as the
Committee, in its discretion, shall establish.

          Restricted Stock.  Each Award of Restricted Stock under the Incentive
Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Instrument in such form as the Committee
shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Incentive Plan and
shall comply with the certain terms and conditions set forth in the Incentive
Plan, and with such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its
discretion, shall establish.

          Performance Grants.  The Award of a Performance Grant to a participant
will entitle him to receive a specified amount determined by the Committee (the
"Actual Value"), if the terms and conditions specified herein and in the Award
are satisfied.  Each Award of a Performance Grant shall be subject to certain
terms and conditions set forth in the Incentive Plan, and to such other terms
and conditions, including but not limited to, restrictions upon any cash, Common
Shares, other securities of the Company or property, other forms of payment, or
any combination thereof, issued in respect of the Performance Grant, as the
Committee, in its discretion, shall establish, and shall be embodied in an Award
Instrument in such form and substance as is determined by the Committee.

          DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION.  The Committee is authorized to determine
whether or not an Award shall be made in conjunction with deferral of the
participant's salary, bonus or other compensation, or any combination thereof,
and whether or not such deferred amounts may be (i) forfeited to the Company, to
other participants or any combination thereof, under certain circumstances
(which may include, but need not be limited to, certain types of termination of
employment or performance of services for the Company), (ii) subject to increase
or decrease in value based upon the attainment of or failure to attain,
respectively, certain performance measures, and/or (iii) credited with income
equivalents (which may include, but need not be limited to, interest, dividends
or other rates of return) until the date or dates of payment of the Award, if
any.

          DEFERRED PAYMENT OF AWARDS.  The Committee may specify that the
payment of all or any portion of cash, Common Shares, other securities of the
Company or property,  any other form of payment, or any combination thereof,
under an Award shall be deferred until a later date.  Deferrals shall be for
such periods or until the occurrence of such events, and upon such terms, as the
Committee shall determine in its discretion.  Deferred payments of Awards may be
made by undertaking to make payment in the future based upon the performance of
certain investment equivalents (which may include, but need not be limited to,
government securities, Common Shares, other securities, property or
consideration, or any combination thereof), together with such additional
amounts of income equivalents (which may be compounded and may include, but need
not be limited to, interest, dividends or other rates of return, or any
combination thereof) as may accrue thereon until the date or dates of payment,
such investment equivalents and such additional amounts of income equivalents to
be determined by the Committee in its discretion.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
          AMENDMENT OR SUBSTITUTION OF AWARDS UNDER THE INCENTIVE PLAN.  The
terms of any outstanding Award under the Incentive Plan may be amended from time
to time by the Committee in its discretion in any manner that it deems
appropriate (including, but not limited to, acceleration of the date of exercise
of any Award and/or payments thereunder); provided that no such amendment shall
adversely affect in a material manner any right of a participant under the Award
without his written consent, unless (except as otherwise provided in an Award
Instrument) the Committee determines in its discretion that there have occurred
or are about to occur significant changes in the participant's position, duties
or responsibilities, or significant changes in economic, legislative,
regulatory, tax, accounting or cost/benefit conditions which are determined by
the Committee in its discretion to have or to be expected to have a substantial
effect on the performance of the Company, or any Subsidiary, affiliate, division
or department thereof, on the Incentive Plan or on any Award under the Incentive
Plan.  The Committee may, in its discretion, permit holders of Awards under the
Incentive Plan to surrender outstanding Awards in order to exercise or realize
rights under other Awards, or in exchange for the grant of new Awards, or
require holders of Awards to surrender outstanding Awards as a condition
precedent to the grant of new Awards under the Incentive Plan.

          DEATH AND DISABILITY.  Unless otherwise specifically provided in an
Award Instrument, if a participant to whom an Award has been granted under the
Incentive Plan shall die or suffer a total and permanent disability while
employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Award may be exercised,
to the extent that the participant was entitled to do so at the termination of
employment, as set forth herein, by the participant, legal guardian of the
participant (unless such exercise would disqualify an option as an Incentive
Stock Option), a legatee or legatees of the participant under the participant's
last will, or by the participant's legal representatives or distributees,
whichever is applicable, at any time within one (1) year after the date of the
participant's death or total disability, but in no event later than the date on
which the Award terminates. Notwithstanding the above, if a participant whose
employment terminates by reason of total and permanent disability shall die, a
legatee or legatees of such participant under the participant's last will, or
the legal representative of such participant's estate, shall have the right to
exercise such Award to the extent that the participant was entitled to do so at
the termination of employment, only during the period ending one (1) year after
the date of the participant's termination of employment by reason of disability.
For purposes of the Incentive Plan, "total and permanent disability" has the
meaning set forth in Code Section 22(e)(3), or any successor provision thereto.

          TERMINATION OF A PARTICIPANT.  For all purposes under the Incentive
Plan, the Committee shall determine whether a participant has terminated
employment with, or the performance of services for, the Company (or parent or
any Subsidiary of the Company).

          DILUTION AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS.  Unless otherwise specifically
provided in an Award Instrument, in the event of any change in the outstanding
Common Shares of the Company by reason of any stock split, dividend, split-up,
split-off, spin-off, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, rights offering,
reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, a sale by the Company of all
of its assets, any distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash
dividend, or other extraordinary or unusual event, if the Committee shall
determine, in its discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment
in the terms of any Award or the number of Common Shares available for Awards,
such adjustment may be made by the Committee and shall be final, conclusive and
binding for all purposes of the Incentive Plan.

          In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the
Company, all outstanding Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the
Committee.  In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another
corporation, all restrictions on any outstanding Awards shall

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
lapse and participants shall be entitled to the full benefit of all such Awards
immediately prior to the closing date of such sale or merger, unless otherwise
provided by the Committee.

          DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY BY PARTICIPANT.  Unless otherwise
specifically provided in an Award Instrument, a participant may name a
beneficiary to receive any payment to which he may be entitled in respect of any
Award under the Incentive Plan in the event of his death, on a written form to
be provided by and filed with the Committee, and in a manner determined by the
Committee in its discretion.  The Committee has the right to review and approve
beneficiary designations.  A participant may change his beneficiary from time to
time in the same manner, unless such participant has made an irrevocable
designation.  Any designation of beneficiary under the Incentive Plan (to the
extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be controlling
over any other disposition, testamentary or otherwise, as determined by the
Committee in its discretion.  If no designated beneficiary survives the
participant and is living on the date on which any amount becomes payable to
such a participant's beneficiary, such payment will be made to the legal
representatives of the participant's estate, and the term "beneficiary" as used
in the Incentive Plan shall be deemed to include such person or persons.  If
there are any questions as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a
distribution under the Incentive Plan, the Committee in its discretion may
determine that the amount in question be paid to the legal representatives of
the estate of the participant, in which event the Company, the Board and the
Committee and the members thereof, will have no further liability to anyone with
respect to such amount.

          FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.  Unless otherwise specifically provided in an
Award Instrument, if the Committee determines that such action is advisable, the
Company may assist any person to whom an Award has been granted in obtaining
financing from the Company (or under any program of the Company approved
pursuant to applicable law), or from a bank or other third party, on such terms
as are determined by the Committee, and in such amount as is required to
accomplish the purposes of the Incentive Plan, including, but not limited to, to
permit the exercise of an Award, the participation therein, and/or the payment
of any taxes in respect thereof.  Such assistance may take any form that the
Committee deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a direct loan from
the Company, a guarantee of the obligation by the Company, or the maintenance by
the Company of deposits with such bank or third party.

          WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company is granted the right to deduct from
any payment made under the Incentive Plan any federal, state, local or foreign
income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such
payment.  It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue
Common Shares, other securities of the Company or property, other securities or
property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, upon exercise,
settlement or payment of any Award under the Incentive Plan, that the
participant (or any beneficiary or person entitled to act) pay to the Company,
upon its demand, such amount as may be required by the Company for the purpose
of satisfying any liability to withhold federal, state, local or foreign income
or other taxes.  If the amount requested is not paid, the Company may refuse to
issue Common Shares, other securities of the Company or property, other
securities or property, other forms of payment, or any combination thereof.
Notwithstanding anything in the Incentive Plan to the contrary, the Committee
may, in its discretion, permit an eligible participant (or any beneficiary or
person entitled to act) to elect to pay a portion or all of the amount requested
by the Company for such taxes with respect to such Award, at such time and in
such manner as the Committee shall deem to be appropriate (including, but not
limited to, by authorizing the Company to withhold, or agreeing to surrender to
the Company on or about the date such tax liability is determinable, Common
Shares, other securities of the Company or property, other securities or
property, other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, owned by such
person or a portion of such forms of payment that would otherwise be
distributed, or have been distributed, as the case may be, pursuant to such
Award to such person, having a fair market value equal to the amount of such
taxes).

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
          INCENTIVE PLAN AMENDMENT OR SUSPENSION.  The Incentive Plan may be
amended or suspended in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by
the Board, but no amendment shall be effective unless and until the same is
approved by stockholders of the Company where the failure to obtain such
approval would adversely affect the compliance of the Incentive Plan with Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act or with other applicable law.  No amendment of the
Incentive Plan shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of any
participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted without such
participant's written consent.

          INCENTIVE PLAN TERMINATION.  This Incentive Plan terminates upon the
earlier of the following dates or events to occur:  (a) upon the adoption of a
resolution of the Board terminating the Incentive Plan; or (b) ten years from
the date the Incentive Plan is initially approved and adopted by the
stockholders of the Company (October 18, 2005); provided, however, that the
Board may, prior to the expiration of such ten-year period, extend the term of
the Incentive Plan for an additional period of up to five years for the grant of
Awards other than Incentive Stock Options.  No termination of the Incentive Plan
shall materially alter or impair any of the rights or obligations of any person,
without his consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Incentive
Plan, except that subsequent to termination of the Incentive Plan, the Committee
may make those amendments permitted under the plan.

          FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.  The following is a brief summary of
the principal federal income tax consequences to participants of the grant and
exercise of certain Awards under the Incentive Plan. This summary does not
purport to address all aspects of federal income taxes that may affect
participants in light of their individual circumstances.  Moreover, this summary
is based upon the current provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations
(including proposed Treasury Regulations) promulgated thereunder, rulings,
administrative pronouncements and court interpretations thereof in effect as of
the date hereof.  It is possible that future legislative, regulatory, judicial
or administrative changes or interpretations could modify such tax consequences
and the conclusions reached below and that any such change could apply
retroactively.  This summary applies only to participants who acquire options
under the Incentive Plan in connection with their employment by the Company or
one of its Affiliates and exercise such options during their lifetimes. Because
federal income tax consequences will vary as a result of individual
circumstances, each option holder is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect
to the tax consequences (including those under state and local tax laws) of the
grant and exercise of stock options under the Incentive Plan.  Moreover, the
following summary relates only to option holders' federal income tax treatment.
The state, local and foreign tax consequences may be substantially different
from the federal income tax consequences described herein.

          A.        Taxation of Ordinary Income and Capital Gains.

          The ordinary income of an individual taxpayer currently is generally
subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 39.6%, while long-term capital
gains of an individual currently are generally subject to a maximum tax rate of
28%.  The effective marginal rates of some taxpayers may be higher to the extent
that they are subject to the phase-out of personal exemptions or the reduction
of itemized deductions that occur at certain income levels.  The classification
of income as capital or ordinary is also relevant for taxpayers who have capital
losses or investment interest.

          B.        Restricted Stock.

          A participant who is granted restricted stock may, if the restrictions
constitute a "substantial risk of forfeiture" as defined in Section 83 of the
Code, make a Section 83(b) election to have the grant taxed as compensation
income at the date of grant in an amount equal to the fair market value on the
date of grant of the shares subject to such award less any amount paid by the
participant for the shares.  If the participant does

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
not make a timely Section 83(b) election, the grant is generally taxed to him or
her as compensation income at the date(s) that the restrictions imposed on the
shares expire, in an amount on each such date equal to the fair market value on
such date of the shares as to which the restrictions expire less any amount paid
by the participant for the shares.  Unless a participant makes a timely Section
83(b) election, any dividends paid on the shares subject to the award while such
shares remain subject to the restrictions are compensation income to the
participant.  Provided such compensation income is, or is deemed to be, included
in the holder's gross income, the Company is generally entitled to a deduction
for any compensation income taxed to the participant.

          Upon a participant's sale of shares received pursuant to a grant of
restricted stock, the difference between the selling price and the tax basis of
the shares (generally, if a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the fair
market value of the shares on the date of grant or, if a timely Section 83(b)
election is not made, the fair market value of the shares on the date(s) on
which the restrictions on the shares expire) is a capital gain or loss (long- or
short-term, depending on the participant's holding period for the shares).  A
participant's holding period beings on the date of grant if a timely Section
83(b) election is made or on the date(s) on which the restrictions on the shares
expire if no timely Section 83(b) election is made.

          An exception to the foregoing treatment may occur in the event that
the participant is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  In certain
circumstances, the fair market value of particular shares may be determined, and
the participant's holding period for such shares may commence, on a date other
than the date of grant or the date on which the restrictions on such shares
lapse unless the participant makes a timely Section 83(b) election with respect
to such shares.

          C.        Options.

          Under the Incentive Plan, a participant may be granted options that
qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code ("ISO") or
options that do not so qualify (nonqualified options or "NQOs") or both.
Generally, the tax consequences to an option holder with respect to ISOs will be
different from the tax consequences with respect to NQOs, as more fully
explained below.  In addition, the discussion below assumes that at the time an
NQO is exercised, the shares received are either fully vested or the holder
makes a timely election under Section 83(b).

               i.        Nonqualified Options.

     The holder of an NQO does not recognize taxable income upon the grant of
the NQO, nor is the Company entitled, for income tax purposes, to a deduction
upon such a grant.  The option holder recognizes ordinary compensation income
(subject to withholding taxes) on the exercise of an NQO equal to the excess of
the fair market value of the shares received on exercise over the option
exercise price.  The fair market value of the shares is measured on the exercise
date.  If such taxable compensation is properly included in the holder's gross
income by the holder or is deemed to have been properly included as a result of
the timely satisfaction of certain reporting requirements by the Company, the
Company should be entitled to a deduction in computing its federal income taxes
in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the option holder on the
exercise of the NQO.

     If an option holder sells shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an
NQO, the option holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the
difference between the selling price of the shares and their fair market value
on the exercise date.  The capital gain is long-term or short-term, depending on
whether the option holder has held the option shares for more than one year
after the exercise date.  The Company is not entitled to any deduction with
respect to any capital gain recognized by the option holder.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     The previous paragraph assumes, for simplicity, that the option holder's
tax basis in the option shares sold is equal to the fair market value of such
shares on the exercise date.  While this would be the case if the option holder
had paid the exercise price for such shares in cash, it would not normally be
the case if the option holder paid the exercise price in whole or in part by
delivery of other Company Common Stock.  In the latter case, the option holder's
tax basis in, and holding period for, the previously acquired shares surrendered
carries over to an equal number of the option shares received on a share-for-
share basis.  Shares received in excess of the shares surrendered have a tax
basis equal to the fair market value of those received shares on the exercise
date and the option holder's holding period for such received shares begins on
the exercise date.  The option holder's capital gain or loss on a sale of option
shares would be determined based on the option holder's actual basis in the
shares sold and the long-term or short-term nature of any gain would be based on
the option holder's actual holding period.

               ii.       Incentive Stock Options.

     The holder of an ISO does not realize taxable income upon the grant or
exercise of the ISO and the Company is not entitled to any deduction with
respect to such grant or exercise.  However, upon exercise of an ISO, the excess
of the fair market value on the exercise date of the shares acquired pursuant to
the exercise of the ISO over the exercise price will be included in the option
holder's alternative minimum taxable income and may cause or increase a
liability for alternative minimum tax.  Such alternative minimum tax may be
payable even though the option holder receives no cash upon the exercise of the
ISO with which to pay such tax.

     The income tax treatment of any gain or loss realized upon an option
holder's disposition of option shares depends on the timing of the disposition.
If the option shares have been held for at least one year and if at least two
years have elapsed since the date of grant of the ISO (the "Required Holding
Periods"), then the option holder recognizes (i) long-term capital gain to the
extent that the selling price exceeds the exercise price or (ii) long-term
capital loss to the extent that the exercise price exceeds the selling price.
In either case, no deduction is allowed to the Company.

     If an option holder disposes of option shares before the expiration of the
Required Holding Period ( "Disqualifying Disposition"), then (i) if the selling
price exceeds the fair market value of the option shares on the date the ISO was
exercised, the excess of such fair market value over the exercise price is
taxable to the option holder as ordinary income and the excess of the selling
price over such fair market value is taxable to the option holder as capital
gain (long-term or short-term depending on whether the option holder has held
the shares for more than one year), (ii) if the selling price exceeds the
exercise price but does not exceed the fair market value of the option shares on
the date the ISO was exercised, the excess of the selling price over the
exercise price is taxable to the option holder as ordinary income and (iii) if
the selling price is less than the exercise price, the difference is treated as
capital loss to the option holder.  If, however, the disposition is a sale to a
related party (as defined in Section 267(b) of the Code to include, for example,
a member of the option holder's family or a corporation majority-owned by the
option holder) or a gift, then the ordinary income recognized by the option
holder will not be less than the excess of the fair market value of the option
shares on the exercise date over the option exercise price.  In each case, the
Company is entitled to a deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income (but
not capital gain) recognized by the option holder on the Disqualifying
Disposition, provided such taxable amount is, or is deemed to be, included in
the gross income of the option holder.

     The previous paragraphs assume, for simplicity, that the option holder's
tax basis in the option shares disposed of is equal to the option exercise
price.  While this would be the case if the option holder had paid the option
exercise price for such shares in cash, it would not normally be the case if the
option holder paid

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
the option exercise price in whole or in part by delivery of the Common Stock.
If an option holder delivers previously acquired Common Stock (other than shares
acquired upon exercise of an ISO and not held for the Required Holding Periods)
in payment of all or part of the option exercise price of an ISO, the option
holder's tax basis in, and holding period for, the previously acquired shares
surrendered carries over to an equal number of the option shares received (for
capital gain purposes, but not for purposes of determining whether a
Disqualifying Disposition occurs) on a share-for-share basis.  Shares received
in excess of the shares surrendered have a tax basis equal to the amount paid
(if any) by the option holder to exercise the ISO in addition to the previously
acquired shares, and such shares' holding period begins on the exercise date.
Proposed regulations provided that where an ISO is exercised using previously
acquired shares, a later Disqualifying Disposition of the shares received will
be deemed to have been a disposition of the shares having the lowest basis
first.  The option holder's capital gain or loss on a sale of option shares
would be determined based on the option holder's actual basis in such shares
(increased by any ordinary income on such disposition) and the long-term or
short-term nature of any gain would be based on the option holder's actual
holding period.

     If an option holder pays the exercise price of an ISO in whole or in part
with previously acquired Common Stock that was acquired upon the exercise of an
ISO and that has not been held for the Required Holding Periods, the option
holder will recognize ordinary income (but not capital gain) with respect to the
surrendered shares under the rules applicable to Disqualifying Dispositions.
The Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  The option holder's
basis in the shares received in exchange for the shares surrendered will be
increased by the amount of ordinary income the option holder recognizes.

     Under the Incentive Plan, the Committee may allow options to be exercised
after the termination of an option holder's employment.  However, if an ISO is
exercised more than three months after the termination of an option holder's
employment other than because of the option holder's death (or more than one
year after the termination of an option holder's employment because of
disability) the option holder will be taxed on the exercise as if the ISO were
an NQO.

               iii.      Effect of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act
                         of 1934.

     The tax consequences to an option holder of the exercise of either an ISO
or an NQO may vary from those described above if the option holder is a person
who is subject to liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (typically,
officers, directors and major shareholders of a company) for certain dealings in
the Common Stock (a "16(b) Person").  In general, an option holder who is a
16(b) Person will not recognize income on receipt of the Common Stock until such
holder is no longer subject to a liability under Section 16(b) with respect to
the disposition of such Common Stock.  However, the option holder may elect to
be taxed based on the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (and
have a holding period beginning on the exercise date) by filing an election
under Section 83(b) of the Code within 30 days of the exercise date.

     D.        Other Awards.

     Because other awards may take many forms, as determined by the Committee,
it is not possible to describe generally what their tax treatment will be.

     E.        Effect of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

     Starting with tax years beginning after January 1, 1994, a publicly held
corporation may not deduct compensation paid to its CEO and its four other most-
highly compensated officers in excess of $1 million per officer during a
corporate taxable year except to the extent such amounts in excess of $1 million
qualify

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
for an exception to this limitation.  To qualify for this exception, such
amounts must be determined on the basis of preestablished, objective,
nondiscretionary formulae that meet certain shareholder and outside director
approval requirements.  For this purpose, "compensation" is broadly defined and
would include, for example, income realized on the exercise of non-qualified
options or SARs, disqualifying dispositions of ISO shares, and the receipt (if a
timely Section 83(b) election is made) or vesting (if no Section 83(b) election
is made) of restricted stock.  Thus, to the extent awards granted to the Chief
Executive Officer and the four other most highly compensated officers do not
qualify for the performance based-exception, the Company's deductions with
respect to such awards may be subject to the $1 million per executive deduction
limitation.

     INCENTIVE PLAN BENEFITS.  The following table sets forth the number of
nonqualified stock options that have been granted under the Incentive Plan as of
the date of the Proxy Statement to (i) the Chief Executive Officer, (ii) all
current executive officers as a group, (iii) all current Directors who are not
executive officers as a group, and (iv) all employees, including all current
officers who are not executive officers, as a group.

                   1995 LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                              NUMBER OF
NAME AND POSITION                                        NONQUALIFIED STOCK
- -----------------                                          OPTIONS GRANTED
                                                         -------------------

<S>                                                      <C>
Sean E. Reilly, President and Chief Executive Officer...       314,539

Executive Group (5 persons).............................       746,987

Non-Executive Director Group............................            --

Non-Executive Officer Employee Group....................        63,200

</TABLE>

     No other Awards have been granted under the Incentive Plan to date.  The
type or number of future Awards that will be granted under the Incentive Plan to
the above-named individuals and groups in the future is not determinable at this
time.

1995 DIRECTORS' OPTION PLAN

     BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE.  Set forth below is a description of the Wireless
One, Inc. 1995 Directors' Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan").  The Directors'
Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on October 17, 1995
and approved by the stockholders of the Company and became effective on October
18, 1995.  The Directors' Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and is not qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code.

     The purpose of the Directors' Plan is to compensate non-management
Directors for services rendered by such persons and to provide them with
significant additional incentives to promote the financial success of the
Company.  In addition, the Directors' Plan may provide an incentive which may be
used to induce able persons to become or remain as directors of the Company.

     ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Directors' Plan is administered by the
Committee.  The Committee must be composed of at least two members of the Board
each of whom has not, during the one year prior to service as an administrator
of the Directors' Plan, or during such service, been granted or awarded equity
securities pursuant to the Directors' Plan or any other plan of the Company or
any subsidiary; provided that: (i) participation in a formula plan meeting the
conditions of Rule 16b-3(c) (2) (ii) of the Exchange Act, (ii)

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
participation in an ongoing securities acquisition plan meeting the conditions
of Rule 16b-3 (d) (2) (i) of the Exchange Act and (iii) an election to receive
an annual retainer fee in either cash or an equivalent amount of securities, or
partly in cash and partly in securities, shall not disqualify a director from
serving on the Committee.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board has the
power to determine the number of members which the Committee shall have and to
change the number of membership positions on the Committee from time to time.
The Committee has the full power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind
rules and procedures governing administration of the Directors' Plan.   In
addition, the Committee has been granted the full power and authority (i) to
interpret the terms of the Plan, the terms of the options granted under the plan
and the rules and procedures established by the Committee and (ii) to determine
the meaning of or require ments imposed by or rights of any person under the
plan, any option or any rule or procedure established by the Committee.

     PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE OPTIONS.  A person shall be eligible to be
granted an option under the Directors' Plan only if on the proposed date of
grant for such option such person is a non-management director of the Company.
A person eligible to be granted an option is hereinafter referred to as a "Non-
management Director."

     GRANT OF OPTIONS.  The Committee has the right and the power to grant at
any time to any Non-management Director an option entitling such person to
purchase Common Stock from the Company in such quantity, at such price, on such
terms and subject to such conditions consistent with the provisions of the plan
as may be established by the Committee on or prior to the date of grant for such
option.  Each option to purchase Common Stock which shall be granted by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the plan is hereinafter referred to as
an "Option."  All options granted under the Directors' Plan must be nonqualified
options for federal income tax purposes.  As of the date of this Proxy
Statement, no options have been granted under the Directors' Plan.

     OPTION TERMS.  The Committee has the power to determine the Non-management
Directors to whom Options are granted, the number of shares subject to each
Option, the number of Options awarded to each Non-management Director and the
time at which each Option is granted.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in
the plan, the Committee is authorized also to determine, at the time of the
grant of each Option, all terms and conditions governing the rights and
obligations of the holder with respect to such Option, including but not limited
to:  (a) the purchase price per share or the method by which the purchase price
per share will be determined; (b) the length of the period during which the
Option may be exercised and any limitations on the number of shares purchasable
with the Option at any given time during such period; (c) the times at which the
Option may be exercised; (d) any conditions precedent to be satisfied before the
Option may be exercised; and (e) any restrictions on resale of any shares
purchased upon exercise of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the price
at which each share may be purchased upon the exercise of any Option may not be
less than the per share market value on the date of grant for such Option.  The
per share market value is equal to the fair market value of one share of Common
Stock, as determined in such manner as prescribed by the Committee in good
faith.

     TRANSFER LIMITATIONS.  No Option granted under the Directors' Plan may be
transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
exercisable during the lifetime of the person to whom the Option is initially
granted by anyone other than the initial grantee.

     NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT CONFERRED.  Nothing in the Directors' Plan or (in
the absence of an express provision to the contrary) in any agreement evidencing
the option grant (the "Option Agreement") (i) confers any right or obligation on
any person to continue as a director of the Company or (ii) affects or shall
affect in any way any person's right or the right of the Company or any
subsidiary, the stockholders or the Board

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
of Directors to terminate such person's retention as a director with the Company
or any subsidiary at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

     EXERCISE PROCEDURES.  Each Option must be exercised by written notice to
the Company.  Any holder of any Option is required, as a condition to such
holder's right to purchase securities with such Option, to supply the Committee
at such person's expense with such evidence, representations, agreements or
assurances (including, but not limited to, opinions of counsel satisfactory to
the Committee) as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable in order to
establish to the satisfaction of the Committee the right of such person to
exercise such Option and of the propriety of the sale of securities by reason of
such exercise under the Securities Act and any other laws or requirements of any
governmental authority specified by the Committee. The Company is not be
obligated to sell any Shares subject to such Option until all evidence,
representations, agreements and assurances required by the Committee have been
supplied.  An Option holder does not have any rights as a stockholder with
respect to shares issuable under any Option until and unless such shares are
sold and delivered to such holder.

     PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  The purchase price of shares purchased upon the
exercise of an Option must be paid in full in cash or by check by the holder at
the time of the delivery of such shares, provided that the Committee may (but
need not) permit payment to be made by (i) delivery to the Company of
outstanding shares, (ii) retention by the Company of shares which would
otherwise be transferred to the Option holder upon exercise of the Option or
(iii) any combination of cash, check, the holder's delivery of outstanding
shares and retention by the Company of shares which would otherwise be
transferred to the Option holder upon exercise of the Option.  In the event any
Common Stock is delivered to or retained by the Company to satisfy all or any
part of the purchase price, the part of the purchase price deemed to have been
satisfied by such Common Stock shall be equal to the product derived by
multiplying (i) the per share market value as of the date of exercise by (ii)
the number of shares delivered to or retained by the Company.  No fractional
shares will be delivered to or retained by the Company in satisfaction of the
purchase price.  To the extent such fractional share would result, the holder
shall make up such difference in cash.  Any part of the purchase price paid in
cash or by check upon the exercise of any Option  will be added to the general
funds of the Company and may be used for any proper corporate purpose.  Unless
the Board shall otherwise determine, for each share delivered to or retained by
the Company as payment of all or part of the purchase price upon the exercise of
any Option, the aggregate number of shares subject to the Directors' Plan will
be increased by one share.

     DEATH, PERMANENT DISABILITY OR TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OF OPTION HOLDER.
Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, if the holder of an Option
dies while such Option holder is still employed by the Company or any
subsidiary, then the right to exercise all unexpired installments of such Option
shall be accelerated and shall accrue as of the date of death.  Except as
otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, if the holder of an Option dies and
such Option is exercisable at the date of death (for any reason including
acceleration pursuant to the preceding sentence), then such holder's estate or
the person or persons to whom the holder's rights under the Option shall pass by
reason of the holder's death shall have the right to exercise the Option for 90
days after the date of death, and the Option shall expire at the end of such 90
day period.

     Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, if the holder of an
Option suffers a Permanent Disability while such holder is still employed by the
Company or any subsidiary, then the right to exercise all unexpired installments
of such Option shall be accelerated and shall accrue as of the later of the date
of such Permanent Disability or the date of discovery of such Permanent
Disability (the "Permanent Disability Date"). Except as otherwise provided in
the Option Agreement, if the holder of an Option suffers a Permanent Disability
and such Option is exercisable at the Permanent Disability Date (for any reason
including

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
acceleration pursuant to the preceding sentence), then such holder shall have
the right to exercise such Option for 90 days after the Permanent Disability
Date, and the Option shall expire at the end of such 90 day period. Under the
Directors' Plan, "Permanent Disability" is defined to mean a physical or mental
disability suffered by an initial grantee of an Option which the Committee
determines in its sole discretion will permanently prevent such initial grantee
from working for the Company in the same or a substantially similar position as
such initial grantee occupied prior to suffering such disability.

     Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, if the holder of an
Option is terminated without Cause and such Option is currently exercisable at
the time of such termination, then such holder has the right to exercise such
Option for 30 days after the date of such termination, and the Option shall
expire at the end of such 30 day period.  Under the Directors' Plan, "Cause" is
defined to mean (i) the commission of any act involving moral turpitude or any
act which brings or could bring the Company into disrepute or materially damages
its relations with its customers, suppliers, licensors or financing sources or
(ii) the violation of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the
Company.

     WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company or any subsidiary are entitled, if the
Committee deems it necessary or desirable, to withhold from an Option holder's
salary or other compensation (or to secure payment from the Option holder in
lieu of withholding) all or any portion of any withholding or other tax due from
the Company or any subsidiary with respect to any shares deliverable under such
holder's Option or the Committee may (but need not) permit payment of such
withholding by the Company's retention of shares which would otherwise be
transferred to the Option holder upon exercise of the Option.

     SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  Each Option granted under the Directors' Plan
is subject to the condition that such Option may not be exercised if and to the
extent the Committee determines that the sale of securities upon exercise of the
Option may violate the Securities Act or any other law or requirement of any
governmental authority.  Under the Directors' Plan, the Company does not have
any obligation to register the shares subject to any Option granted under the
plan under the Securities Act or to maintain in effect any registration of such
shares which may be made at any time under the
Securities Act.

     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  An aggregate of 100,000 shares of Common Stock
has been reserved for the option grants under the Directors' Plan.  Except as
otherwise provided in the plan, the Options shall be limited so that the sum of
the following shall not as of any given time exceed 100,000 shares:  (i) all
shares subject to Options outstanding under the plan at the given time and (ii)
all shares which shall have been sold by the Company by reason of the exercise
at or prior to the given time of any of the Options.  The Common Stock issued
under the plan may be either authorized and unissued shares, shares reacquired
and held in the treasury of the Company, or both, all as from time to time
determined by the Board.  In the event any Option shall expire or be terminated
before it is fully exercised, then all shares formerly subject to such Option as
to which such Option was not exercised shall be available for any Option
subsequently granted in accordance with the provisions of the plan.

     ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT ORGANIC CHANGES.  The Board is required to
appropriately and proportionately adjust the number and kind of shares subject
to outstanding Options, the price for which shares may be purchased upon the
exercise of outstanding Options, and the number and kind of shares available for
Options subsequently granted under the Directors' Plan to reflect any stock
dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation
or other change in the capitalization of the Company which the Board determines
to be similar, in its substantive effect upon the plan or the Options, to any of
the changes expressly indicated in this sentence.  The Board may (but shall not
be required to) make any appropriate adjustment to the number and kind of shares
subject to outstanding Options, the price for

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
which shares may be purchased upon the exercise of outstanding Options, and the
number and kind of shares available for Options subsequently granted under this
plan to reflect any spin-off, spin-out or other distribution of assets to
stockholders or any acquisition of the Company's stock or assets or other change
which the Board determines to be similar, in its substantive effect upon the
plan or the Options, to any of the changes expressly indicated in this sentence.
The Committee shall have the power to determine the amount of the adjustment to
be made in each case described in the preceding two sentences, but no adjustment
approved by the Committee shall be effective until and unless it is approved by
the Board.  In the event of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets which is
effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
(either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities or assets
with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, the Board may (but shall not be
required to) substitute the per share amount of such stock, securities or assets
for shares upon any subsequent exercise of any Option.  If any fractional Share
becomes subject to any Option as a result of any such adjustment, then (i) such
Option may not be exercised with respect to such fractional share until and
unless such Option is exercised as to all other shares subject to such Option
and (ii) if such Option is exercised with respect to such fractional share, the
Company has the right to deliver to the holder in lieu of such fractional share
cash in an amount equal to the product derived by multiplying the fraction
representing the portion of a full share represented by such fractional share
times the per share market value on the exercise date of the Option with respect
to such fractional share established as prescribed in the plan.

     AMENDMENT OF DIRECTORS' PLAN.  Except as provided in the following two
sentences, the Board has the complete power and authority to amend the plan at
any time and no approval by the Company's stockholders or by any other person,
committee or other entity of any kind is required to make any amendment approved
by the Board effective.  The Board does not, without the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the securities of the Company present, or represented,
and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with applicable law,
make any amendment to the plan which materially (i) increases the benefits
accruing to participants under the plan, (ii) increases the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be issued under the plan or (iii) modifies the
requirements as to eligibility for participation in the plan. No termination or
amendment of the plan may, without the consent of the holder of any Option prior
to termination or the adoption of such amendment, materially and adversely
affect the rights of such holder under such Option.

     TERMINATION OF DIRECTORS' PLAN.  The Board has the right and the power to
terminate the Directors' Plan at any time.  No Option shall be granted under the
plan after its termination, but the termination of the plan will not have any
other effect.  Any Option outstanding at the time of the termination of the plan
may be exercised after termination of the plan at any time prior to the
expiration date of such Option to the same extent such Option would have been
exercisable had this Plan not terminated.  "Expiration Date" as applied to any
Option means the date specified in the Option Agreement between the Company and
the Holder as the expiration date of such Option.  If no expiration date is
specified in the Option Agreement relating to any Option, then the Expiration
Date of such Option is the day prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of
grant of such Option.

     FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.  The following is a brief summary of the
principal federal income tax consequences to participants of the grant and
exercise of certain Options under the Directors' Plan. This summary does not
purport to address all aspects of federal income taxes that may affect
participants in light of their individual circumstances.  Moreover, this summary
is based upon the current provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations
(including proposed Treasury Regulations) promulgated thereunder, rulings,
administrative pronouncements and court interpretations thereof in effect as of
the date hereof.  It is possible that future legislative, regulatory, judicial
or administrative changes or interpretations could modify such tax consequences
and the conclusions reached below and that any such change could apply
retroactively.  This

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
summary applies only to participants who acquire Options under the Directors'
Plan in connection with their service as a member of the Board and exercise such
options during their lifetimes.  Because federal income tax consequences will
vary as a result of individual circumstances, each option holder is urged to
consult a tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences (including those
under state and local tax laws) of the grant and exercise of stock options under
the Directors' Plan.  Moreover, the following summary relates only to option
holders' federal income tax treatment.  The state, local and foreign tax
consequences may be substantially different from the federal income tax
consequences described herein.

     A.        Taxation of Ordinary Income and Capital Gains.

     The ordinary income of an individual taxpayer currently is generally
subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 39.6%, while long-term capital
gains of an individual currently are generally subject to a maximum tax rate of
28%.  The effective marginal rates of some taxpayers may be higher to the extent
that they are subject to the phase-out of personal exemptions or the reduction
of itemized deductions that occur at certain income levels.  The classification
of income as capital or ordinary is also relevant for taxpayers who have capital
losses or investment interest.

     B.        Nonqualified Options.

     Under the Directors' Plan, a participant may only be granted options that
do not qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code
(nonqualified options or "NQOs").  The holder of an NQO does not recognize
taxable income upon the grant of the NQO, nor is the Company entitled, for
income tax purposes, to a deduction upon such a grant.  The option holder
recognizes ordinary compensation income (subject to withholding taxes) on the
exercise of an NQO equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares
received on exercise over the option exercise price.  The fair market value of
the shares is measured on the exercise date.  If such taxable compensation is
properly included in the holder's gross income by the holder or is deemed to
have been properly included as a result of the timely satisfaction of certain
reporting requirements by the Company, the Company should be entitled to a
deduction in computing its federal income taxes in an amount equal to the
ordinary income recognized by the option holder on the exercise of the NQO.

     If an option holder sells shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an
NQO, the option holder will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the
difference between the selling price of the shares and their fair market value
on the exercise date.  The capital gain is long-term or short-term, depending on
whether the option holder has held the option shares for more than one year
after the exercise date.  The Company is not entitled to any deduction with
respect to any capital gain recognized by the option holder.

     The previous paragraph assumes, for simplicity, that the option holder's
tax basis in the option shares sold is equal to the fair market value of such
shares on the exercise date.  While this would be the case if the option holder
had paid the exercise price for such shares in cash, it would not normally be
the case if the option holder paid the exercise price in whole or in part by
delivery of other Company Common Stock.  In the latter case, the option holder's
tax basis in, and holding period for, the previously acquired shares surrendered
carries over to an equal number of the option shares received on a share-for-
share basis.  Shares received in excess of the shares surrendered have a tax
basis equal to the fair market value of those received shares on the exercise
date and the option holder's holding period for such received shares begins on
the exercise date.  The option holder's capital gain or loss on a sale of option
shares would be determined based on the option holder's actual basis in the
shares sold and the long-term or short-term nature of any gain would be based on
the option holder's actual holding period.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     C.        Effect of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     The tax consequences to an option holder of the exercise of an NQO may vary
from those described above if the option holder is a person who is subject to
liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (typically, officers,
directors and major stockholders of a company) for certain dealings in the
Common Stock (a "16(b) Person").  In general, an option holder who is a 16(b)
Person will not recognize income on receipt of the Common Stock until such
holder is no longer subject to a liability under Section 16(b) with respect to
the disposition of such Common Stock.  However, the option holder may elect to
be taxed based on the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (and
have a holding period beginning on the exercise date) by filing an election
under Section 83(b) of the Code within 30 days of the exercise date.

     D.        Effect of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

     Starting with tax years beginning after January 1, 1994, a publicly held
corporation may not deduct compensation paid to its chief executive officer and
its four other most-highly compensated officers in excess of $1 million per
officer during a corporate taxable year except to the extent such amounts in
excess of $1 million qualify for an exception to this limitation.  To qualify
for this exception, such amounts must be determined on the basis of
preestablished, objective, nondiscretionary formulae that meet certain
stockholder and outside director approval requirements.  For this purpose,
"compensation" is broadly defined and would include, for example, income
realized on the exercise of nonqualified options or SARs disqualifying
dispositions of ISO shares, and the receipt (if a timely Section 83(b) election
is made) or vesting (if no Section 83(b) election is made) of restricted stock.
Thus, to the extent awards granted to the Chief Executive Officer and the four
other most highly compensated officers do not qualify for the performance based-
exception, the Company's deductions with respect to such awards may be subject
to the $1 million per executive deduction limitation.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     This Compensation Committee report shall not be deemed incorporated by
reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Proxy
Statement into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act,
except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates this information
by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.

     The following report has been submitted by the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors:

     The Compensation Committee was established in connection with the Company's
initial public offering in October 1995.  The Compensation Committee is
authorized to make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to
general employee benefit levels, determine the compensation and benefits of the
Company's officers and key employees and administer the Company's stock option
plans.  At the time of its creation, Messrs. J.R. Holland, Jr. and William K.
Luby were appointed to the Committee.  In February 1996, Mr. Daniel L. Shimer
was added to the Committee.  None of the members of the Committee is an officer
or employee of the Company.

     At the time of the Heartland Transaction, the Company's existing executive
officers (Messrs. Sternberg, Reilly and Norris) all entered into employment
agreements with the Company.  Such employment agreements were based in large
part upon the terms of each executive's then existing employment agreement with
Old Wireless One, each of which was executed in April 1995 at the time of Old
Wireless One's sale of preferred stock and warrants to an investor group led by
CMCC.  The terms of such agreements were the result of arms-length negotiations
between each executive and CMCC, as the principal investors in Old

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
Wireless One.  The terms of the new agreements were subject to the approval of
the Compensation Committee.

     In general, these employment agreements establish the base salary for each
executive during the term of the agreement, which is subject to adjustment based
upon increases in the Consumers Price Index.  Further, the agreements establish
that such executives are eligible to receive performance bonuses if granted by
the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion based upon the operating
performance of the Company.  In determining whether to grant bonuses to these
executives, the Compensation Committee intends to consider the financial
condition and operational performance of the Company during the last completed
fiscal year and the specific contributions of the individual executive officer
to the Company's performance and the achievement of strategic business
objectives.

     The Company's remaining executive officers, Messrs. Alton C. Rye and J.
Robert Gary, were each hired by the Company in September 1995.  The compensation
arrangements for such executives were approved by the full Board upon the
recommendation of Hans J. Sternberg.  The salary levels for such executives were
determined by Mr. Sternberg based upon a review of salaries for similar
positions at comparable companies and over-all competitive and market
conditions.  The compensation arrangements for such executives will be reviewed
annually by the Compensation Committee.

     At the time of the Heartland Transaction, the Company adopted its Incentive
Plan, which authorizes the granting of options or other equity-based awards to
eligible employees with respect to an aggregate of 1,300,000 shares of Common
Stock.  At such time, the Company assumed on the same terms and conditions the
nonqualified options previously issued to Messrs. Sternberg, Reilly and Norris
with respect to shares of common stock of Old Wireless One.  As a result of the
Heartland Transaction, Old Wireless One became a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company.  In addition, the Compensation Committee approved the issuance of
nonqualified stock options for the following number of shares of Common Stock
with an exercise price of the initial public offering price of the Common Stock
to the following executive officers:  Alton C. Rye -- 30,000 shares and J.
Robert Gary -- 25,000 shares.  In determining the relative number of options
awarded, the Compensation Committee considered the position and responsibilities
of such executive.  Such options were awarded as part of the overall
compensation package offered to Messrs. Rye and Gary at the time of their
hiring.

     For the immediate future, the Compensation Committee intends to rely on
options granted under the Incentive Plan as a means to compensate key members of
management while the Company uses its reserves to develop its operating systems.
The Committee believes that stock options are a cost-effective method of
providing management with long-term compensation.  In addition, the Committee
believes that stock options are a particularly appropriate long-term incentive
since they align the interests of the optionee with those of the stockholders by
providing value to the optionee tied directly to stock price increases.  In the
future, the Compensation Committee intends also to rely on cash bonuses as a
means to compensate key members of management.

The foregoing report has been approved by all members of the Compensation
Committee.

                              J. R. Holland, Jr., Chairman
                              William K. Luby
                              Daniel L. Shimer

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                               PERFORMANCE GRAPH

     The following graph compares the Company's cumulative total stockholder
return since the Common Stock became publicly traded on October 19, 1995 with
the Nasdaq Total Return Index and an index of certain companies selected by the
Company as comparative to the Company in that each is a wireless cable company.
The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company's Common Stock
at its initial public offering price of $10.50 per share and each index was
$100.00 on October 19, 1995.

                   COMPARISON OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK,
            THE NASDAQ TOTAL RETURN INDEX AND A PEER GROUP INDEX(1)



                                [Chart to Come]



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                             October 19, 1995  December 29, 1995
                             ----------------  -----------------

<S>                          <C>               <C>
Wireless One, Inc.                  100                157

Nasdaq Total Return Index           100                100

Peer Group Index                    100                 95
 
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)  The companies selected to form the Company's industry peer group index are
     American Telecasting Development, Inc., CAI Wireless Systems, Inc.,
     Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. and People's Choice TV Corp.  Total
     returns are based on market capitalization.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                      APPROVAL OF ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK

     The Company proposes to issue up to an additional 3,553,333 shares of
Common Stock in connection with the TruVision Transaction.  See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions-TruVision Transaction."

     A vote for this proposal would permit the Company to consummate the
TruVision Transaction in accordance with the terms of the TruVision Merger
Agreement.  The TruVision Merger Agreement is subject to certain conditions,
including:  (i) the receipt of the approval of holders of a majority of Common
Stock, (ii) the receipt of certain third party consent and approvals, (iii) the
absence of any material adverse change in the business of TruVision and (iv)
other customary conditions.  Accordingly, there is no assurance that the
TruVision Transaction will be consummated.  If the TruVision Transaction is not
consummated and this proposal is approved, the Company will not issue any
additional Common Stock.

     CMCC, Baseball Partners, Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc., Hans J.
Sternberg, Sean Reilly, Premier Venture Capital Corporation and Lamar
Advertising are parties to the Voting Agreement, pursuant to which they have
agreed to vote their shares to approve and adopt actions related to the
consummation of the TruVision Transaction.  Collectively, the parties to the
Voting Agreement own 52.7% of the Common Stock.  Accordingly, this proposal will
be adopted by the Company if the shares owned by such parties are voted in
accordance with the Voting Agreement.  Attached as Annex A are pro forma
financial statements of the Company which give effect to the issuance of the
Common Stock and the consummation of the TruVision Transaction.
 
     Proxies will be voted for and against approval of this proposal in
accordance with the specification marked thereon, and will be noted in favor of
approval if no specification is made.  Approval requires a favorable vote of the
holders of the majority of the shares of Common Stock present at the Annual
Meeting in person or by proxy, assuming a quorum.  Neither the Delaware General
Corporation Law nor the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that
stockholders of the Company have cumulative voting rights. Stockholders of the 
Company have no preemptive rights.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.



 APPROVAL OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     The Board of Directors recommends a vote for approval of the appointment of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as the independent certified public accountants of the
Company and its subsidiaries to audit the books and accounts for the Company and
its subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.  During fiscal
1995, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP examined the financial statements of the Company and
its subsidiaries.  It is expected that representatives of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
will attend the Annual Meeting, with the opportunity to make a statement if they
so desire, and will be available to answer appropriate questions.


  SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDERS' PROPOSALS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     Proposals of stockholders intended to be eligible for inclusion in the
Company's proxy statement and proxy card relating to the 1997 annual meeting of
stockholders of the Company must be received by the

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
Company on or before the close of business December 24, 1996.  Such proposals
should be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested.

     The Company's By-Laws provide that a stockholder wishing to present a
nomination for election of a director or to bring any other matter before an
annual meeting of stockholders must give written notice to the Company's
Secretary not less than 130 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that
in the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the
date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice must be received
prior to the close of business on the 10th day following such notice of the date
of the annual meeting was mailed and public disclosure was made.  In addition,
such notice must meet certain other requirements.  Any stockholder interested in
making such a nomination or proposal should request a copy of the By-Laws
provisions from the Secretary of the Company.

     The Company will furnish without charge to each person whose proxy is being
solicited, upon written request of any such person, a copy of the Annual Report
on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, as
filed with the SEC, including the financial statements and schedules thereto.
Requests for copies of such Annual Report on Form 10-K should be directed to the
Chief Financial Officer, Wireless One, Inc., 11301 Industriplex, Suite 4, Baton
Rouge, Louisiana 70809-4115.


                                 OTHER MATTERS

     The Company will bear the costs of soliciting proxies from its
stockholders.  In addition to the use of the mails, proxies may be solicited by
the Directors, officers and employees of the Company by personal interview,
telephone or telegram.  Such Directors, officers and employees will not be
additionally compensated for such solicitation, but may be reimbursed for out-
of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith.  Arrangements will also be
made with brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for
the forwarding of solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of Common
Stock held of record by such persons, and the Company will reimburse such
brokerage houses, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for reasonable out-of-
pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith.

     The Directors know of no other matters which are likely to be brought
before the Annual Meeting, but if any such matters property come before the
meeting the persons named in the enclosed proxy, or their substitutes, will vote
the proxy in accordance with their best judgment.

                              By Order of the Board of Directors



                              William C. Norris
                              Secretary

________, 1996


     IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE PROXIES BE RETURNED PROMPTLY.  EVEN IF YOU EXPECT
TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND MAIL THE
ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE, WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF
MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

          The following is incorporated in this Proxy Statement by reference and
made a part hereof: (a) Items 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report
for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (b) Items 1 and 2 of the Company's
Quarterly Report for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996 and (c) the
financial statements of TruVision attached hereto as Annex B.

                                       35
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A

         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information 
consists of an Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of March 
31, 1996 and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 
(collectively, the "Pro Forma Statements"). The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed 
Combined Statements of Operations give effect to (i) the TruVision Purchase, 
(ii) the Madison Purchase, (iii) the Shoal Purchase, and (iv) the conversion of 
the TruVision Convertible Preferred Stock into TruVision common stock, in each 
case as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 1995. The Unaudited Pro 
Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet gives effect to (i) the events referred 
to in the previous sentence, (ii) the AWS Purchase, (iii) the Heartland 
Purchase, (iv) the Jacksonville Purchase, (v) the Chattanooga Purchase, (vi) the
Gadsden Purchase, (vii) the Skyview Purchase, and (viii) the channel rights 
to be purchased by both TruVision and Wireless One via the BTA Auction. All
transactions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

The Pro Forma Statements and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction 
with Wireless One's consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference 
into this Proxy and TruVisions financial statements included herein. The Pro
Forma Statements do not purport to represent what the Company's results of
operations or financial position would actually have been if the aforementioned
transactions or events occurred on the dates specified or to project the
Company's results of operations or financial position for any future periods or
at any future date. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available
information and certain adjustments that management believes are reasonable. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments have been made that are necessary to
present fairly the Pro Forma Statements.





                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
                            PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                MARCH 31, 1996

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                    Wireless One    TruVision      Madison       Shoal       Proforma         Proforma
                                     Historical     Historical   Historical    Historical   Adjustments       Combined
                                    ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------   -----------     -----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>             <C> 
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents          98,964,157        536,411       63,946        5,074    (1,800,000)(1)   74,372,348
                                                                                               (69,020)(5)
                                                                                            (6,880,000)(6)
                                                                                           (16,448,220)(7)
  Marketable investment securities
   -restricted                       17,735,150             --           --           --                     17,735,150
  Other current assets                1,540,727        380,577      126,008        2,720        32,000 (2)    2,082,032
                                    -----------     ----------    ---------      -------   -----------      -----------
  Total current assets              118,240,034        916,988      189,954        7,794   (25,165,240)      94,189,530
Property and equipment, net          22,912,095     11,862,038    1,133,925      409,610       580,000 (2)   36,897,668
Intangibles                          28,491,658      2,447,387       64,999       12,153   103,713,840 (2)  134,730,037
Marketable investment securities   
 -restricted                         35,946,439             --           --           --                     35,946,439
Other assets                          7,703,873      3,781,054        1,835           --      (900,000)(8)   10,586,762
                                    -----------     ----------    ---------      -------   -----------      -----------
Total assets                        213,294,099     19,007,467    1,390,713      429,557    78,228,600      312,350,436
                                    ===========     ==========    =========      =======   ===========      ===========
</TABLE> 







                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
                       NOTES TO PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                MARCH 31, 1996

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                    Wireless One    TruVision     Madison        Shoal       Proforma         Proforma
                                     Historical     Historical   Historical    Historical   Adjustments       Combined
                                    ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------   -----------     -----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>             <C> 
Current liabilities:
  Short-term debt                       384,366     10,084,894      100,000       85,058      (185,058)(5)   10,469,260
  Other current liabilities          12,346,619      3,336,475      450,532      442,101      (892,633)(5)   15,683,094
                                    -----------     ----------   ----------     --------   -----------      -----------
  Total current liabilities          12,730,985     13,421,369      550,532      527,159    (1,077,691)      26,152,354
Deferred income taxes                       --             --                              10,905,334 (9)   10,905,334
BTA Auction indebtedness                    --             --                              23,712,880 (8)   23,712,880
Long-term debt                     150,993,259             --           --           --                    150,993,259
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock                            --         11,000           --           --       (11,000)(3)           --
  Common stock                          134,988         24,000        1,000          300        35,533 (4)      170,521
                                                                                               (25,300)(3)
  Additional paid-in capital         65,631,596     10,698,679    2,475,192       17,604    49,711,129 (4)  116,612,817
                                                                                           (13,191,475)(3)
                                                                                             1,270,092 (10)
  Accumulated deficit               (16,196,729)    (5,147,581)  (1,636,011)    (115,506)    6,899,098 (3)  (16,196,729)
                                    -----------     ----------   ----------     --------   -----------      -----------
  Total stockholders' equity         49,569,855      5,586,098      840,181      (97,602)   44,688,077      100,586,609
                                    -----------     ----------   ----------     --------   -----------      -----------
                                    213,294,099     19,007,467    1,390,713      429,557    78,228,600      312,350,436
                                    ===========     ==========   ==========     ========   ===========      ===========
</TABLE> 






                                      A-3

<PAGE>
 
                       NOTES TO PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                MARCH 31, 1996

 (1) This adjustment represents the cash paid to VCI in accordance with terms of
     the Agreement and Plan of Merger.

 (2) This adjustment represents the estimated fair value of the equipment and
     other assets acquired and the excess of cost over tangible assets acquired
     as part of the TruVision, Madison, and Shoal purchases and the License and
     Channel Rights purchases. For purposes of Pro Forma Financial Statements,
     the Company has tentatively considered the fair value of the acquired
     tangible assets to approximate their historical carrying value, with the
     excess acquisition costs being attributable to channel rights and license
     agreements. It is the Company's intention, subsequent to the acquisition,
     to more fully evaluate the acquired assets and, as a result, the allocation
     of the acquisition costs among tangible and intangible assets acquired may
     change.

 (3) These adjustments represent the elimination of the TruVision, Madison and 
     Shoal equity accounts.

 (4) These adjustments represent the issuance of 3,373,333 and 180,000 shares of
     Wireless One common stock to the TruVision shareholders and VCI,
     respectively, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of
     Merger.

 (5) These adjustments reflect the elimination of certain assets and liabilities
     that the Company will not acquire as part of the Madison Purchase and the
     Shoal Purchase as set forth in the respective agreements.

 (6) This adjustment represents the $5.7 million cash paid for Madison and the 
     $1,180,000 cash paid for Shoal.

 (7) This adjustment represents $3.9 million, $2.7 million, $1.5 million, $1.5
     million, $950,000, and $820,000 paid for channel rights in the Memphis,
     Jackson, Flippin, Hot Springs, Gadsden, and Jacksonville markets,
     respectively, and the $5 million cash portion of the channel rights
     obtained via the BTA auction.

 (8) These adjustments represent debt to the United States government to finance
     approximately $23.7 million of the purchase price and the utilization of
     the $900,000 deposit for the channel rights obtained via the BTA auction.

 (9) This adjustment reflects the recognition of deferred income taxes at an
     estimated 35% effective tax rate on excess book value over tax basis
     relating to the TruVision net assets acquired. The related increase in
     intangibles will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 20 years.

(10) This adjustment reflects the value assigned to the options issued to
     certain TruVision employees in exchange for TruVision options as set forth
     in the TruVision Agreement and Plan of Merger.





                                      A-4

<PAGE>
 
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                    Wireless One    TruVision      Madison       Shoal       Proforma         Proforma
                                     Historical     Historical   Historical    Historical   Adjustments       Combined
                                    ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------   -----------     ------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>             <C> 
Revenues                              1,343,969      3,081,614    1,582,147       83,867      (486,100)(1)     5,605,497
Expenses
  Systems operations                    841,819      2,103,053      888,707       53,015      (134,787)(1)     3,751,807
  Selling, general and 
   administrative                     4,431,839      2,086,200      404,804       49,915                       6,972,758
  Depreciation and amortization       1,783,066      1,266,301      577,240       61,306       (35,131)(2)     4,958,045
                                                                                               759,996 (4)
                                                                                               545,267 (5)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Total operating expenses            7,056,724      5,455,554    1,870,751      164,236     1,135,345        15,682,610
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
Operating loss                       (5,712,755)    (2,373,940)    (288,604)     (80,369)   (1,621,445)      (10,077,113)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
Interest income                       2,024,116         15,063           --           --                       2,039,179
Interest expense                     (4,070,184)      (143,505)     (17,440)     (35,137)                     (4,266,266)
Other                                    66,349             --       36,271           --                         102,620
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Net Loss                           (7,692,474)    (2,502,382)    (269,773)    (115,506)   (1,621,445)      (12,201,580)
Preferred stock dividends and
 discount accretion                    (786,389)      (687,000)          --           --       687,000 (3)      (786,389)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Net loss applicable to common
   stock                             (8,478,863)    (3,189,382)    (269,773)    (115,506)     (934,445)      (12,987,969)
                                     ==========     ==========    =========     ========    ==========       ===========
  Net loss per common share               (2.02)                                                                   (1.68)
                                     ==========                                             ==========       ===========
  Weighted average common shares
   outstanding                        4,187,736                                              3,553,333         7,741,069
                                     ==========                                             ==========       ===========

</TABLE> 





                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
                  NOTES TO PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

(1) These adjustments represent the elimination of TruVision's, Madison's and
    Shoal's installation revenue and direct commissions in order to conform
    accounting policies for the costs of subscriber installations.

(2) This adjustment represents the reduction in depreciation expense as a result
    of the conforming adjustments in note 1.

(3) This adjustment reflects the elimination of TruVision's preferred dividends
    as a result of the conversion of TruVision's convertible preferred stock
    into common stock of Wireless One, Inc. prior to the merger.

(4) This adjustment reflects amortization of the intangible assets acquired from
    TruVision, Madison and Shoal. For purposes of these Pro Forma Financial
    Statements, lives of 20 years have been used for licenses and channel
    rights.

(5) This adjustment reflects the incremental amortization of excess purchase
    price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired in the
    TruVision acquisition over 20 years.







                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                    Wireless One    TruVision      Madison       Shoal       Proforma         Proforma
                                     Historical     Historical   Historical    Historical   Adjustments       Combined
                                    ------------    ----------   ----------    ----------   -----------     -----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>             <C> 
Revenues                                940,777      1,286,026      392,629       20,967      (138,197)(1)     2,502,202
Expenses
  Systems operations                    555,942        885,711      152,554       13,254       (36,668)(1)     1,570,793
  Selling, general and 
   administrative                     2,637,553        911,024      191,675       12,479                       3,752,731
  Depreciation and amortization         964,005        584,544      129,134       15,327       (17,566)(2)     2,097,854
                                                                                               286,093 (4)
                                                                                               136,317 (5)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Total operating expenses            4,157,500      2,381,279      473,363       41,060       368,176         7,421,378
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
Operating loss                       (3,216,723)    (1,095,253)     (80,734)     (20,093)     (506,373)       (4,919,176)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
Interest income                       2,126,360             --           --           --                       2,126,360
Interest expense                     (5,009,893)      (163,998)      (2,910)      (8,784)                     (5,185,585)
Other                                    20,424       (744,186)      19,703           --                        (704,059)
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Net Loss                           (6,079,832)    (2,003,437)     (63,941)     (28,877)     (506,373)       (8,682,460)
Preferred stock dividends and
 discount accretion                          --       (220,000)          --           --       220,000 (3)            -- 
                                     ----------     ----------    ---------     --------    ----------       -----------
  Net loss applicable to common
   stock                             (6,079,832)    (2,223,437)     (63,941)     (28,877)     (286,373)       (8,682,460)
                                     ==========     ==========    =========     ========    ==========       ===========
  Net loss per common share               (0.45)                                                                   (0.51)
                                     ==========                                             ==========       ===========
  Weighted average common shares                                                         
   outstanding                       13,498,752                                              3,553,333        17,052,085
                                     ==========                                             ==========       ===========

</TABLE> 






                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
                  NOTES TO PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

(1) These adjustments represent the elimination of TruVision's, Madison's, and
    Shoal's installation revenue and direct commissions in order to conform
    accounting policies for the costs of subscriber installations.

(2) This adjustment represents the reduction in depreciation expense as a result
    of the conforming adjustments in note 1.

(3) This adjustment reflects the elimination of TruVision's preferred dividends
    as a result of the conversion of TruVision's convertible preferred stock
    into common stock of Wireless One, Inc. prior to the merger.

(4) This adjustment reflects amortization of the intangible assets acquired from
    TruVision, Madison and Shoal. For purposes of these Pro Forma Financial
    Statements, lives of 20 years have been used for licenses and channel
    rights.

(5) This adjustment reflects the incremental amortization of excess purchase
    price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired in the
    TruVision acquisition.







                                      A-8
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX B

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of TruVision Wireless, Inc.:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TruVision Wireless, Inc.
(a Delaware corporation formerly named TruVision Cable, Inc.) as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from inception (August 25,
1994) through December 31, 1994 and for the year ended December 31, 1995. We
have also audited the statements of operations, partners' capital and cash
flows of Mississippi Wireless TV L. P. (the predecessor entity to TruVision
Wireless, Inc.) for the period from inception (November 2, 1993) to December
31, 1993 and the period from January 1, 1994 through August 24, 1994. TruVision
Wireless, Inc. and Mississippi Wireless TV L. P. are hereinafter together
referred to as "the Company." These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of TruVision Wireless, Inc. as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the period from inception (August 25, 1994) through December 31, 1994
and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the results of operations and
cash flows of Mississippi Wireless TV L. P. for the period from inception
(November 2, 1993) through December 31, 1993 and the period from January 1,
1994 through August 24, 1994, all in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Jackson, Mississippi,
March 26, 1996.
 
                                      B-1

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------------
                                                          1994        1995
                                                       ----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
                                   ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents............................ $2,712,851  $    88,882
 Short-term investments...............................     75,000       36,300
 Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of $34,000 and
  $150,426, respectively).............................     41,178      283,656
 Other current assets.................................     11,005      108,376
                                                       ----------  -----------
  Total current assets................................  2,840,034      517,214
                                                       ----------  -----------
Property, plant and equipment:
 Transmission equipment...............................  1,197,425    3,029,214
 Subscriber premises equipment and installation costs.  1,841,868    6,866,806
 Office furniture and equipment.......................    263,743      437,169
 Vehicles.............................................    223,996      215,344
 Buildings and improvements...........................    204,340      326,090
                                                       ----------  -----------
                                                        3,731,372   10,874,623
 Less: accumulated depreciation.......................   (217,676)  (1,375,402)
                                                       ----------  -----------
                                                        3,513,696    9,499,221
 Uninstalled subscriber premises equipment............  1,006,854      546,316
                                                       ----------  -----------
                                                        4,520,550   10,045,537
                                                       ----------  -----------
License costs, net--Notes 2 and 3.....................    157,480      179,592
Organizational costs, net.............................    374,654      285,318
Deferred costs, net and other assets--Note 7..........     90,341    1,849,556
                                                       ----------  -----------
  Total assets........................................ $7,983,059  $12,877,217
                                                       ==========  ===========
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Trade accounts payable............................... $  813,471  $   713,218
 Accrued expenses.....................................     77,671       43,000
 Short-term debt......................................        --     4,531,464
                                                       ----------  -----------
  Total current liabilities...........................    891,142    5,287,682
                                                       ----------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity--Notes 5 and 6:*
 Series A, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par
  value; 800,000 authorized, issued and outstanding;
  (liquidation preference of $8,000,000)..............      8,000        8,000
 Series B, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par
  value; 300,000 authorized, issued and outstanding in
  1995 (liquidation preference of $3,000,000).........        --         3,000
 Common Stock, $.01 par value; 6,000,000 shares
  authorized, 2,400,000 shares issued and outstanding.     24,000       24,000
 Additional paid-in capital...........................  7,701,679   10,698,679
 Accumulated deficit..................................   (641,762)  (3,144,144)
                                                       ----------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity..........................  7,091,917    7,589,535
                                                       ----------  -----------
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......... $7,983,059  $12,877,217
                                                       ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      B-2

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (NOTE 1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              MISSISSIPPI WIRELESS TV L.P.            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
                          ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
                             PERIOD FROM
                              INCEPTION
                          (NOVEMBER 2, 1993)
                           TO DECEMBER 31,   JANUARY 1, 1994 TO AUGUST 25, 1994 TO    YEAR ENDED
                                 1993         AUGUST 24, 1994   DECEMBER 31, 1994  DECEMBER 31, 1995
                          ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
<S>                       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Revenues:
  Service revenues......      $     --           $   16,233         $  264,491        $ 2,595,514
  Installation revenues.            --               57,137            166,043            486,100
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
   Total revenues.......            --               73,370            430,534          3,081,614
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
Expenses:
  System operating
   expenses.............        116,733             278,000            425,603          2,103,053
  Selling, general and
   administrative
   expenses.............        111,186             668,009            534,431          2,086,200
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........            --               82,196            167,990          1,266,301
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
   Total operating
    expenses............        227,919           1,028,205          1,128,024          5,455,554
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
Loss from operations....       (227,919)           (954,835)          (697,490)        (2,373,940)
Interest income.........            --                6,632             55,728             15,063
Interest expense........            --                  --                 --            (143,505)
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
Net loss................       (227,919)           (948,203)          (641,762)        (2,502,382)
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
Preferred dividend
 requirement............            --                  --            (227,000)          (687,000)
                              ---------          ----------         ----------        -----------
Net loss attributable to
 common stockholders....      $(227,919)         $ (948,203)        $ (868,762)       $(3,189,382)
                              =========          ==========         ==========        ===========
Loss per common share*..            N/A                 N/A         $    (0.36)       $     (1.33)
                              =========          ==========         ==========        ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding*...........            N/A                 N/A          2,400,000          2,400,000
                              =========          ==========         ==========        ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      B-3

<PAGE>
 
                         MISSISSIPPI WIRELESS TV L. P.
 
                    STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL (NOTE 1)
   FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 2, 1993) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1993
          AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1994 THROUGH AUGUST 24, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           GENERAL    LIMITED    TOTAL PARTNERS'
                                           PARTNER    PARTNER        CAPITAL
                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>
Initial investment....................... $     --   $1,081,000    $1,081,000
Net loss.................................    (2,279)   (225,640)     (227,919)
                                          ---------  ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1993...............    (2,279)    855,360       853,081
Net loss.................................  (170,677)   (777,526)     (948,203)
Partners' contributions..................   229,162     361,000       590,162
                                          ---------  ----------    ----------
Balance, August 24, 1994................. $  56,206  $  438,834    $  495,040
                                          =========  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      B-4

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
             STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTE 1)
         FOR THE PERIOD FROM AUGUST 25, 1994 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1994
                      AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             SERIES A       SERIES B
                           CONVERTIBLE    CONVERTIBLE
                            PREFERRED      PREFERRED
                              STOCK          STOCK        COMMON STOCK*   ADDITIONAL
                          -------------- -------------- -----------------   PAID-IN   ACCUMULATED
                          SHARES  AMOUNT SHARES  AMOUNT  SHARES   AMOUNT   CAPITAL*     DEFICIT
                          ------- ------ ------- ------ --------- ------- ----------- -----------
<S>                       <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>         <C>
Exchange of the net
 assets of Mississippi
 Wireless TV L.P. for
 common stock of the
 Company................      --  $  --      --  $  --  2,400,000 $24,000 $   471,040 $       --
Sale of preferred stock,
 net of issuance costs
 of $761,361............  800,000  8,000     --     --        --      --    7,230,639         --
Net loss for the period
 from inception through
 December 31, 1994......      --     --      --     --        --      --          --     (641,762)
                          ------- ------ ------- ------ --------- ------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1994...................  800,000  8,000     --     --  2,400,000  24,000   7,701,679    (641,762)
Net loss................      --     --      --     --        --      --          --   (2,502,382)
Sale of preferred stock.      --     --  300,000  3,000       --      --    2,997,000         --
                          ------- ------ ------- ------ --------- ------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1995...................  800,000 $8,000 300,000 $3,000 2,400,000 $24,000 $10,698,679 $(3,144,144)
                          ======= ====== ======= ====== ========= ======= =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
       * Restated to reflect the 2-for-1 common stock split. See Note 2.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      B-5

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            MISSISSIPPI WIRELESS TV L.P.      TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
                         ---------------------------------- ----------------------------
                            PERIOD FROM
                             INCEPTION
                         (NOVEMBER 2, 1993) JANUARY 1, 1994 AUGUST 25, 1994  YEAR ENDED
                              THROUGH        TO AUGUST 24,  TO DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
                         DECEMBER 31, 1993       1994            1994           1995
                         ------------------ --------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                      <C>                <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operat-
 ing activities:
  Net loss.............      $ (227,919)      $  (948,203)    $  (641,762)  $(2,502,382)
  Adjustments to recon-
   cile net loss to net
   cash provided by op-
   erating activities:
    Depreciation and
     amortization......             --             82,196         167,990     1,266,301
    Provision for
     losses on accounts
     receivable........             --                --           34,000       126,370
    Changes in operat-
     ing assets and
     liabilities:
      Increase in ac-
       counts receiv-
       able............             --           (105,395)        (23,783)     (368,848)
      Decrease
       (increase) in
       other current
       assets..........             --            (76,969)         63,014       (97,371)
      Increase (de-
       crease) in ac-
       counts
       payable.........          17,785           431,319         364,367      (100,254)
      Increase (de-
       crease) in ac-
       crued
       liabilities.....             --                --           77,671       (34,671)
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Cash provided by (used
 in) operating activi-
 ties:                         (210,134)         (617,052)         41,497    (1,710,855)
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Cash flows from invest-
 ing activities:
  Capital expenditures.        (177,000)       (2,555,318)     (1,896,615)   (6,682,712)
  Payments for license
   and organizational
   costs...............             --           (541,823)       (165,505)          --
  Increase in deferred
   costs...............             --                --              --     (1,250,566)
  Deposits for acquisi-
   tions...............             --                --              --       (100,000)
  Deposit for FCC auc-
   tion................             --                --              --       (450,000)
  Proceeds from short-
   term investments....             --                --              --         38,700
  Purchase of short-
   term investments....             --                --          (75,000)          --
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
  Net cash used in in-
   vesting activities..        (177,000)       (3,097,141)     (2,137,120)   (8,444,578)
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financ-
 ing activities:
  Proceeds from issu-
   ance of preferred
   stock...............             --                --        8,000,000     3,000,000
  Preferred stock issu-
   ance costs..........             --                --         (761,361)          --
  Principal payments on
   notes payable.......             --                --       (3,308,000)          --
  Proceeds from issu-
   ance of short-term
   debt................             --          3,308,000             --      4,531,464
  Proceeds from part-
   ners' contributions.       1,081,000           590,162             --            --
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Net cash provided by
 financing activities..       1,081,000         3,898,162       3,930,639     7,531,464
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents...........         693,866           183,969       1,835,016    (2,623,969)
Cash and cash equiva-
 lents at beginning of
 period................             --            693,866         877,835     2,712,851
                             ----------       -----------     -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equiva-
 lents at end of peri-
 od....................      $  693,866       $   877,835     $ 2,712,851   $    88,882
                             ==========       ===========     ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      B-6

<PAGE>
 
                           TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1: THE COMPANY
 
HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION
 
  TruVision Cable, Inc. ("TruVision" or the "Company"), a Delaware
corporation, was incorporated in April 1994, and began business activities on
August 25, 1994. The Company's name was changed to TruVision Wireless, Inc. on
February 6, 1996. The Company is engaged in building, managing and owning
wireless cable systems which retransmit television and programming received at
a head-end via encryptic microwave signals from multichannel broadcast towers
to subscribers within an approximate 40 mile radius of each tower. The Company
has exclusive lease rights to substantially all of the ITFS wireless cable
channels in the State of Mississippi licensed by the Federal Communications
Commission ("FCC").
 
  Mississippi Wireless TV L. P. ("MWTV"), a Mississippi limited partnership,
was formed on November 2, 1993. For the period from inception through August
24, 1994, MWTV's business activities consisted primarily of development and
initial operational activities related to certain of its wireless cable rights
which had been assigned to it by an affiliate.
 
  TruVision began business activities upon the contribution of all of the net
assets of MWTV in exchange for 1,200,000 shares (2,400,000 after the 2-for-1
common stock split--See Note 2) of common stock in the Company. At the same
time, an unrelated party, Chase Venture Capital Associates ("CVCA") (formerly
Chemical Venture Capital Associates), a California limited partnership,
contributed $8,000,000 cash in exchange for 800,000 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock. This transfer of the net assets of MWTV to
TruVision has been accounted for as a transfer of net assets between related
parties, and accordingly, the Company has recorded the net assets received in
the exchange at MWTV's historical carrying values.
 
  The Company is developing its Mississippi wireless cable operations in two
phases. Phase I will consist of five markets which cover West, Central and
South Mississippi. In May 1994, the Company placed its first market in
operation in the Jackson, Mississippi area. In July 1995, the Company placed
its second market in operation in the Delta area. A third market, serving
portions of the Gulf Coast, is expected to begin operations in the first
quarter of 1996. Construction plans call for the development of the additional
markets within the Phase I area.
 
  Plans for the development of Phase II, which consists of four markets
primarily in North Mississippi, have not been finalized. Pursuant to a
stockholders' agreement between CVCA and MWTV, the Company has the option to
complete development of Phase II within a five-year period. Under the terms of
the option, each of the parties to the agreement will contribute their
respective portions of the development costs in cash. In the event the Company
participates in an initial public offering or sale prior to commencing
development of each cell of Phase II, Vision Communications, Inc. ("VCI"), an
entity owned primarily by the general partner of MWTV, will be eligible to
receive a payment (the "Phase II Payment") for its contribution of frequency
rights equal to $1,125,000 per market (total of $4.5 million), payable in cash
or in shares of Common Stock of the Company based on the fair value of such
shares at the time of the Phase II Payment. See Note 10.
 
RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS
 
  The Company has recorded net losses in each period of its operations. At
December 31, 1995, the Company's accumulated deficit was approximately
$3,144,000. Losses incurred since inception are attributable primarily to
start-up costs, marketing and sales costs and depreciation of assets used in
the Company's wireless cable systems in various markets. The Company expects
to continue to
 
                                      B-7

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

experience net losses while it develops and expands its wireless cable systems,
although mature individual systems of the Company may reach profitability
sooner than the Company on a consolidated basis. In the opinion of management,
the Company will ultimately achieve positive cash flow and net income
sufficient to realize its investment in its assets; however, there can be no
assurance that the Company will generate sufficient operating revenues to
achieve positive cash flow or net income.
 
  The growth of the Company's business requires substantial investment on a
continuing basis to finance capital expenditures and related expenses for
expansion of the Company's customer base and system development. Management
expects that the Company will require significant additional financings,
through debt or equity financings, joint ventures or other arrangements, to
achieve its targeted subscriber levels in its current business plans in its
operating systems and target markets and to cover ongoing operating losses.
Additional debt or equity also may be required to finance future acquisitions
of wireless cable companies, wireless cable systems or channel rights. While
management believes the Company will be able to obtain additional debt or
equity capital on satisfactory terms to meet its future financing needs, there
can be no assurance that either additional debt or equity capital will be
available.
 
  The Company is dependent on leases with unaffiliated third parties for
substantially all of its wireless cable channel rights. ITFS licenses generally
are granted for a term of 10 years and are subject to renewal by the FCC. MDS
licenses generally will expire on May 1, 2001 unless renewed. FCC licenses also
specify construction deadlines which, if not met by the Company or extended by
the FCC, could result in the loss of the license. There can be no assurance
that the FCC will grant any particular extension request or license renewal
request. The remaining initial terms of most of the Company's ITFS channel
leases are approximately five to 10 years. The Company's MDS leases generally
are for substantially longer terms and the Company has acquired options to
purchase a majority of the underlying MDS licenses. The use of wireless cable
channels by the license holders is subject to regulation by the FCC and the
Company is dependent upon the continuing compliance by channel license holders
with applicable regulations. The termination or non-renewal of a channel lease
or of a channel license, or the failure to grant an application for an
extension of the time to construct an authorized station, would result in the
Company being unable to deliver programming on the channels authorized pursuant
thereto. Although the Company does not believe that the termination of or
failures to renew a single channel lease other than that with EdNet would
materially adversely affect the Company, several of such terminations or
failure to renew in one or more markets that the Company actively serves or
intends to serve could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In
addition, the termination, forfeiture, revocation or failure to renew or extend
an authorization or license held by the Company's lessors could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
  The Company contracts for the commercial use of 20 ITFS channels in various
markets throughout the state of Mississippi with EdNet. The commercial use of
these channels represents the majority of the Company's channels in Mississippi
and the loss of, or inability to renew, the EdNet Agreement would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operations. See Note 3.
 
  See "Risk Factors" in the Company's Prospectus for further discussion.
 
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that effect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      B-8

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
  Revenues from monthly service charges are recognized as the service is
provided to the customer. Customers are billed in the month services are
rendered. Installation fees are recognized as income to the extent the Company
has incurred direct selling costs.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
  The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts to the extent it
believes receivables are not collectible. The provision for doubtful accounts
was approximately $34,000 and $126,000 for 1994 and 1995, respectively. No
writeoffs were made in 1994. Writeoffs of accounts receivable were
approximately $45,000 in 1995.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities
of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
 
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
  Short-term investments represent certificates of deposit of approximately
$75,000 in 1994 and $36,000 in 1995 restricted for use under a programming
contract.
 
SYSTEM OPERATING EXPENSES
 
  System operating expenses consist principally of programming fees, license
fees, tower rental, maintenance, engineering and other costs incidental to
providing service to customers. Administrative and marketing expenses incurred
by systems during their launch period are expensed as incurred.
 
SYSTEM LAUNCH COSTS
 
  The costs incurred to prepare a market for launch (marketing, pre-opening
administration, training, etc.) are expensed in the period incurred.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded on
the straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes. Costs incurred for
repair and maintenance of property, plant and equipment are charged to expense
when incurred. Costs incurred for renewals and improvements are capitalized.
Costs of subscriber equipment, including installation labor and other direct
installation costs, are capitalized. Subscriber premises equipment and
installation costs are depreciated using a composite method over five years
which factors in the Company's estimates of useful lives of recoverable
equipment and average subscriber lives of nonrecoverable installation costs.
Materials and supplies used to provide service to customers are included in
office furniture and equipment and are valued at the lower of cost or market.
 
  Depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful lives as follows:
 
<TABLE>
       <S>                                                            <C>
       Transmission equipment........................................ 5-10 years
       Subscriber premises equipment and installation costs..........    5 years
       Office furniture and equipment................................   10 years
       Vehicles......................................................    5 years
       Buildings and improvements....................................   31 years
</TABLE>
 
                                      B-9

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
LICENSE AND ORGANIZATIONAL COSTS
 
  License costs include the costs of acquiring the rights to use certain FCC
frequencies to broadcast programming to the Company's customers. These costs,
net of amortization of $6,000 and $25,000 at December 31, 1994, and 1995,
respectively, are being amortized over a ten-year period beginning with
inception of service in a market. The Company from time to time reevaluates the
carrying amounts of the licenses based on estimated undiscounted future cash
flows as well as the amortization period to determine whether current events or
circumstances warrant adjustments to the carrying amounts or a revised estimate
of the useful life.
 
  Organizational costs include legal fees and other professional fees and
expenses incident to organizing the Company. These costs, net of amortization
of $28,000 and $118,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, are being
amortized over a five-year period.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
  Income taxes are provided using an asset and liability approach. The current
provision for income taxes represents actual or estimated amounts payable or
refundable on tax returns filed or to be filed for each year. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of (a)
temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and
amounts reported in balance sheets, and (b) operating loss and tax credit carry
forwards. The overall change in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
period measures the deferred tax expense for the period. Effects of changes in
enacted tax laws on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as
adjustments to tax expense in the period of enactment. The measurement of
deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance based on judgmental
assessment of available evidence if deemed more likely than not that some or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
  The following summarizes the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------
                                                              1994      1995
                                                            -------- ----------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards......................... $287,820 $1,827,540
  Allowance for bad debt...................................   13,260     62,400
                                                            -------- ----------
    Total deferred tax assets..............................  301,080  1,889,940
    Valuation allowance....................................  249,990  1,224,210
                                                            -------- ----------
                                                              51,090    665,730
                                                            -------- ----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation.............................................   25,350    540,150
  Deferred cost............................................   25,740    125,580
                                                            -------- ----------
    Total deferred tax liabilities.........................   51,090    665,730
                                                            -------- ----------
Net deferred tax asset..................................... $    --  $      --
                                                            ======== ==========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company recognizes a deferred tax asset to the extent such amounts offset
deferred tax liabilities. The $974,000 change in the valuation allowance from
December 31, 1994 to December 31, 1995 is due primarily to the increase in the
net operating loss carryforwards, which gives rise to deferred tax assets, over
the increase in the temporary differences related to depreciation, which gives
rise to deferred tax liabilities.
 
                                      B-10

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax
purposes of approximately $4,686,000 as of December 31, 1995. The carryforwards
expire in years 2009 and 2010.
 
STOCK SPLIT
 
  On March 26, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized a 2-for-1 stock split in
the form of a 100% stock dividend which will be distributed on April 15, 1996
to shareholders of record on March 15, 1996. Unless otherwise indicated, all
per share data, number of common shares and the statements of stockholder's
equity have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.
 
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
 
  Net loss per common share is based on the net loss attributable to the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period
presented (2,400,000 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.) Conversion of the
Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock is not assumed
because the impact is antidilutive. Shares issuable upon exercise of stock
options are antidilutive and have been excluded from the calculation. For all
periods presented, fully diluted loss per common share and primary loss per
common share are the same.
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
  In 1994, the Company issued 2,400,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to MWTV
in exchange for assets with a carrying amount of $4,252,144 and liabilities of
$3,757,104. This exchange has been treated as a non-cash transaction except for
the cash balances of $877,835 acquired from MWTV. No interest or income taxes
were paid in 1994. Interest of $137,385 was paid during 1995 of which
approximately $65,000 was capitalized. No income taxes were paid in 1995.
 
DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The fair value of the Company's financial instruments (which consist of cash,
accounts receivable and payable, and short-term debt) approximate their
carrying amounts.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
  In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of.
The Statement does not apply to deferred acquisition costs or deferred tax
assets. The Company plans to adopt this statement effective January 1, 1996;
however, management believes that its adoption will not have a material effect
on the Company's financial statements.
 
  In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation, which generally requires disclosure of additional information
concerning stock based employee compensation arrangements. The Company plans to
adopt SFAS No. 123 effective January 1, 1996.
 
                                      B-11

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3: LICENSE CONTRACTS
 
  In August 1993, VCI signed a renewable long-term agreement with the
Mississippi EdNet Institute, Inc. ("EdNet"), a non-profit, quasi-governmental
body which manages the licenses designated to various state educational
entities. Subsequently, VCI assigned its rights under the EdNet agreement to
the Company. See Note 1. This lease gives the Company exclusive rights to
utilize excess air time (that portion of a channel's airtime available for
commercial broadcasting according to FCC regulations) on the 20 ITFS channels
in Mississippi. The terms of the channel leases are 10 years, commencing in
1992. The contract provides for the monthly payment of $0.05 per subscriber per
channel or, beginning one year after operating the first market, a minimum of
$7,500 per month. Expense for 1994 and 1995 related to this agreement was
$9,300 and $69,000, respectively.
 
  The contract also requires TruVision to make advances to EdNet during the
first 24 months of operations in the amount of $6,000 per month. These advances
are being recovered as a credit against license fees owed to EdNet.
 
  The agreement with EdNet contains the following major provisions and
requirements to be met by TruVision:
 
  .  The system is to ultimately cover at least 95% of the population of the
     licensed Mississippi geographic coverage area (including the areas
     designated as Phase II by the Company).
 
  .  The system must be interconnected by a two-way audio/video link between
     TruVision/EdNet transmission sites and Mississippi Authority for
     Educational Television headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi. The cost of
     this interconnection must be borne by TruVision within certain limits.
 
  .  TruVision will provide standard installations at locations as EdNet may
     designate.
 
  .  TruVision will install and equip an electronic classroom in each of its
     Mississippi markets.
 
  .  TruVision will complete the network by July 1, 1998.
 
  The Company capitalizes the cost incurred to comply with the facility
installation and interconnection requirements of the EdNet Agreement and
depreciates such cost over the estimated life of the related equipment.
 
NOTE 4: SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
  Short-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1994     1995
                                                              ------ ----------
   <S>                                                        <C>    <C>
   Borrowings under $6,000,000 revolving line of credit with
    a bank, due June 30, 1996, with interest due monthly at
    1% above the bank's prime rate (9.50% at December 31,
    1995). .................................................  $  --  $4,531,464
</TABLE>
 
  The borrowings are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company,
including licenses, accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and
contract rights. Additionally, the borrowings are guaranteed by the Company's
president and a stockholder. The Company may prepay its obligations without
penalty at any time.
 
                                      B-12

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5: STOCK OPTION PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
  The Company has established a stock option plan for executives and other key
employees. The plan provides for a maximum of 500,000 shares of Common Stock to
be reserved for such options. Terms and conditions of the Company's options
generally are at the discretion of the board of directors; however, no options
are exercisable after June 8, 2004.
 
  In August 1994, the Company granted options totaling 191,490 shares to two
key employees at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. In June 1995 and August
1995, options to purchase shares of 30,000 and 20,000, respectively, were
granted to two additional key employees at a price of $5.00 per share. The
options granted in 1995 vest over a five-year period. As of December 31, 1995,
options for 140,426 shares are exercisable. No compensation expense has been
recorded on these options granted since the option price was equal to the
estimated fair market value of the option shares on the date the options were
granted.
 
NOTE 6: PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK RIGHTS
 
  In October 1995, the Company issued 300,000 shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $3,000,000. Pursuant to a prior
commitment, CVCA acquired 270,000 shares and 30,000 shares were issued to a
common stockholder. MWTV has pledged its shares of the Company's Common Stock
to CVCA.
 
  Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is senior to all other
shares of stock. Convertible Preferred Stock dividend rights are cumulative at
8% per annum based on a stated value of $10 per share. As of December 31, 1994
and 1995, the aggregate amount of Convertible Preferred Stock dividends in
arrears was approximately $227,000 and $914,000, respectively. No preferred
dividends have been declared. See Note 10.
 
  In the event of any liquidation, holders of Series A and Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock would first be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the total
$11,000,000 liquidation preference ($8,000,000 for Series A and $3,000,000 for
Series B) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the amount that would
have been paid, or the value of property that would have been distributed if,
prior to liquidation, the shares had been converted to Common Stock plus all
accrued but unpaid dividends.
 
  Each Share of Convertible Preferred Stock carries voting rights as if
converted into shares of Common Stock and, at the option of the holder, is
convertible at any point in time into one fully paid, nonassessable share (two
shares after the 2-for-1 common stock split--see Note 2) of Common Stock plus
cash equal to accrued but unpaid dividends. If the conversion is not made
pursuant to an initial public offering, TruVision may, at its option, issue a
promissory note in lieu of paying the dividends. It is anticipated that the
Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into Common Stock upon completion
of the Offering. See Note 10.
 
  The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are also entitled to elect two of
the five member Board of Directors of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of a
stockholder's agreement certain restrictions have been placed on the
stockholders' ability to vote on specified matters.
 
                                      B-13

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  In October 1995, the corporate charter was amended to combine Class A and
Class B Common Stock into a single class of $0.01 par value, Common Stock.
 
  Holders of Common Stock are not eligible to receive dividends as long as any
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding.
 
  In the event of liquidation, after distribution in full of preferential
amounts to be distributed to holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, the
holders of Common Stock would receive distributions in proportion to the number
of shares held.
 
NOTE 7: DEFERRED COSTS AND OTHER ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------
                                                              1994      1995
                                                             ------- ----------
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>
Deferred costs and other assets consist of:
  Deferred acquisition costs................................ $   --  $1,027,216
  Advances to EdNet--Note 3.................................  84,000    132,000
  Deposit for future acquisition--Note 10...................     --     100,000
  FCC auction deposit.......................................     --     450,000
  Other.....................................................   6,341    140,340
                                                             ------- ----------
                                                             $90,341 $1,849,556
                                                             ======= ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred acquisition costs consist primarily of professional fees,
engineering costs, travel costs and other related costs associated with the
acquisition of channel rights, licenses and related cable systems which are
currently subject to letters of intent or definitive agreements (see Note 10).
Such costs will be amortized over periods ranging from five to 10 years,
beginning when each acquisition is consummated, or, if the acquisition is not
consummated, written off.
 
NOTE 8: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  The Company leases office space, antenna space and certain channel broadcast
rights under noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms ranging from
four to eight and one-half years. The following is a schedule by years of
future minimum rentals due under the leases at December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
       <S>                                                              <C>
       1996............................................................ $369,920
       1997............................................................  397,744
       1998............................................................  309,657
       1999............................................................  190,228
       2000............................................................  132,502
       Thereafter......................................................  225,711
</TABLE>
 
  Rent under these leases was $55,004 for the period August 25, 1994 to
December 31, 1994 and $254,512 for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
  The Company is participating in an auction conducted by the FCC for rights to
obtain use of available MDS commercial channels in certain basic trading areas.
The Company's outstanding bids for these rights aggregate approximately $16
million. If the Company is the highest bidder in any, or all, of the areas, the
Company will be required to pay up to $14 million (net of a small business
bidding credit), a portion of which will be financed by the U.S. government.
 
                                      B-14

<PAGE>
 
                            TRUVISION WIRELESS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company is involved in certain legal proceedings generally incidental to
its business. While the results of any litigation contain an element of
uncertainty, management believes that the outcome of any known or threatened
legal proceeding will not have a material effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
NOTE 9: CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
  Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations
of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company
has not experienced any losses on its deposits. Subscriber accounts receivable
collectibility is impacted by economic trends in each of the Company's markets.
Such receivables are typically collected within 30 days, and the Company has
provided an allowance which it believes is adequate to absorb losses from
uncollectible accounts.
 
NOTE 10: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND PROPOSED FINANCING TRANSACTIONS
 
  In February 1996, TruVision acquired all the outstanding common stock of
BarTel, Inc., a company holding wireless cable license rights in the Demopolis
and Tuscaloosa, Alabama markets for cash of approximately $1.7 million and, if
certain conditions are met, notes payable of $652,000. Additionally, TruVision
has entered into a definitive agreement to purchase substantially all of the
assets of Madison Communications, Inc. and Beasley Communications, Inc.
("Madison"), a wired and wireless cable provider located near Huntsville,
Alabama, for approximately $6.0 million.
 
  In March 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent to acquire
substantially all of the assets of Shoal Wireless, Inc., a wireless cable
provider located in Lawrenceburg, Tennessee, for $1,180,000 in cash.
 
  TruVision has also entered into agreements to purchase licenses, channel
rights and equipment in several other markets for cash of approximately $11.9
million. None of these markets is currently operating and no significant
liabilities are expected to be assumed in connection with these asset
acquisitions.
 
  The Company expects to finance the acquisitions described above with the
short-term line of credit discussed in Note 4 and with an Interim Facility of
up to $12.0 million provided by CVCA in the form of a 10% note payable (due on
demand after June 30, 1996). The Company also has in process a public offering
of Units, comprising Senior Discount Notes and Warrants, and an initial public
offering of Common Stock (the "Offerings") with expected aggregate net proceeds
of approximately $125 million.
 
  In connection with the Offerings it is expected that all of the shares of
Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of
Common Stock and all accrued and unpaid preferred dividends ($914,000 at
December 31, 1995) will be paid. The proceeds from the Offerings are expected
to be used to pay the cash portion of certain of the acquisitions discussed
above, repay debt incurred as a result of the acquisitions, pay the Convertible
Preferred Stock dividends, pay the Phase II Payment (see Note 1) and finance
the launch, initial development and expansion of certain wireless cable
markets.
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation will provide for a Board of
Directors comprised of seven members. Pursuant to a stockholders agreement
between MWTV and CVCA, four directors will be designated by MWTV and two
directors will be designated by CVCA. The stockholders agreement will prohibit
certain directors from being employees or affiliates of the Company, MWTV or
CVCA.
 
                                      B-15

<PAGE>
 
TruVision Wireless, Inc.
Balance Sheet
(Unaudited)

                                                   12/31/95         3/31/96
                                                   --------         -------
ASSETS
Cash and Short-Term Investments                      125,182          536,411
Accounts Receivable (Net)                            283,656          237,644
Other Current Assets                                 108,376          142,933
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total Current Assets                                 517,214          916,988
                                                  ----------       ----------
Property, Plant, and Equipment   
Transmission Equipment                             3,029,214        3,419,840
Subscriber Equipment                               6,886,806        8,476,038
Office Furniture and Equipment                       437,169          610,224
Vehicles                                             215,344          216,144
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements                 326,090          348,654
Uninstalled Subscriber Premises Equipment            546,316          696,493
                                                  ----------       ----------
                                                  11,420,939       13,767,393
Less: Accumulated Depreciation                    (1,375,402)      (1,905,355)
                                                  ----------       ----------
                                                  10,045,537       11,862,038
License Cost, Net                                    179,592        2,447,387
Organizational Costs, Net                            285,318          253,370
Non-compete agreements                                    --          100,000
Deferred Costs and other assets, net               1,849,556        4,171,870
                                                          --               --
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total Assets                                      12,877,217       19,751,653
                                                  ==========       ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts Payable/Accrued Expenses                    756,218        3,336,475
Notes Payable                                      4,531,464       10,084,894
Other Liabilities                                         --               --
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total Current Liabilities                          5,287,682       13,421,369
                                                  ----------       ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock                                          24,000           24,000
Preferred Stock                                       11,000           11,000
Additional Paid in Capital                        10,698,679       10,698,679
Accumulated Deficit                               (3,144,144)      (4,403,395)
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total Stockholders' Equity                         7,589,535        6,330,284
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity        12,877,217       19,751,653
                                                  ==========       ==========


                                     B-16
<PAGE>
 
TruVision Wireless, Inc.
Statement of Operations
For the 3 months ended March 31, 1996
(Unaudited)

Revenues                               1,286,026
Expenses:
   Operating                             885,711
   Selling, general and
    administrative                       911,024
   Depreciation and amortization         584,544
                                      ----------
Income (loss) from Operations         (1,095,253)
Other income (expense):
   Interest income                            --
   Interest  expense                    (163,998)
   Other income                               --
                                      ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes     (1,259,251)
Provision for taxes                           --
                                      ----------
Net Loss                              (1,259,251)
Preferred dividend requirement          (220,000)
                                      ----------
Net loss applicable to common
 shareholders                         (1,479,251)
                                      ==========
Number of shares issued and 
 outstanding:                          2,400,000
Earnings per share:                        (0.62)     



                                     B-17
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                                     PROXY


             ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ______, 1996

          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Sean E. Reilly, William K. Luby
and William C. Norris, and each or any of them, proxies of the undersigned, with
full power of substitution, to vote all of the shares of Wireless One, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), which the undersigned may be entitled to
vote at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held at the
Company's corporate headquarters, 11301 Industriplex, Suite 4, Baton Rouge,
Louisiana 70809-4115 on _____, ______, 1996 at 10:00 a.m. or at any adjournment
or postponement thereof, as shown on the voting side of this card.



                                                          See Reverse 
                                                          Side
<PAGE>
 
     Please mark your votes as in this example.
[X]
     This proxy will be voted as specified. If a choice is not specified, this
     proxy will be voted FOR the nominees for Class I Directors, FOR Proposal 2
     and FOR Proposal 3.


1.   Election of All Nominees for Class I Directors Listed   FOR     Withheld 
     Hereon.                                                 [_]       [_]

     Nominees:      Arnold L. Chavkin
                    Hans J. Sternberg
                    David E. Webb

     For all nominees listed hereon, except vote withheld form the following
     nominee(s):

____________________________________


2.   Approval of the Issuance of up to 3,553,333      FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN 
     shares of Common Stock.                          [_]     [_]       [_]


3.   Approval of the appointment of KPMG Peat         FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN  
     MarwicK LLP as the independent certified public  [_]     [_]       [_]
     accountants for the Company's 1996 fiscal year.  
     The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this proposal.


4.   In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such other
     business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment
     or postponement thereof.



This proxy should be dated, signed by the stockholder exactly as the
stockholder's name appears hereon and returned promptly in the enclosed
envelope.  Persons signing in a fiduciary capacity should so indicate.

Please sign exactly as name(s) appear hereon.  Joint owners should each sign.
When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please
give full title as such.



________________________________________


________________________________________
Signature(s)                               Date
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    May 21, 1996


TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS:

     It is with feelings of satisfaction that we present our stockholders with
Wireless One's first annual report.  1995 was an exciting year of growth -- both
operationally and financially.  We brought in new financial and strategic
partners, completed initial public offerings of both debt and equity, added
seven new systems to our operations, and through our licensing activities added
significant additional spectrum rights to our portfolio.  These accomplishments
and others will be discussed in this letter as we look forward to a challenging
1996 for your Company.

NEW FINANCIAL AND STRATEGIC PARTNERS

     In April, 1995, Wireless One completed a preferred stock offering led by
Chase Capital, in which the Company raised approximately $14.8 million.  This
financing enabled Wireless One to complete its acquisition of additional
spectrum rights in Texas and Louisiana, as well as providing needed capital for
system launches and subscriber growth.  Contemporaneous with Wireless One's
initial public offering, the Company completed a successful merger with
Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc., whereby Heartland contributed to
Wireless One significantly all of its wireless cable operations and spectrum
rights in the Southeast.  This merger doubled Wireless One's line of sight
households and provided the Company with a strategic partner.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS

     In October, 1995 Wireless One completed its initial public offerings of
3,450,000 shares of Common Stock priced at $10.50 per share and $150,000,000 of
Senior Notes.  Total gross proceeds from the transaction aggregated
approximately $186 million.  This capital will enable the Company to accelerate
its growth and to take advantage of additional consolidation opportunities in
its target markets.  Our stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "WIRL" and currently exceeds its price at the time of the public
offering.

NEW SYSTEMS IN OPERATION

     During 1995, we launched five new systems and acquired two operating
systems through our merger with Heartland.  In the final quarter of 1995 after
our initial public offering, our subscriber base grew from approximately 5,500
subscribers to approximately 7,500 subscribers at year end (a 40% increase).
With the 1995 launches and acquisitions, Wireless One had 10 systems in
operation at year end and since then has expanded that number to 14 systems in
operation with over 15,000 subscribers.  The chart below indicates the new
systems added in 1995:

                                                      LAUNCH OR
     MARKET                                        ACQUISITION DATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Bryan, Texas                                     May
        Pensacola, Florida                              July
        Panama City, Florida                          September
        Monroe, Louisiana                             October
        Milano, Texas                                 October
        Tullahoma, Tennessee                          November
        Bunkie, Louisiana                             December
<PAGE>
 
LICENSING ACTIVITY AND FCC AUCTION RESULTS

     In September and October of 1995, the FCC accepted applications for new and
modified ITFS frequencies which Wireless One incorporates into its wireless
cable systems.  Through the efforts of our licensing team, Wireless One
submitted applications for wireless cable frequencies which should significantly
enhance our market coverage.  These applications include new markets extending
our coverage over an additional half a million households in Alabama, Georgia,
and Louisiana.  In addition, Wireless One has recently completed its
participation in the FCC auction of wireless cable BTA rights which began in
November, 1995.  We believe that our efforts at the auction and future
aggregation efforts will lead to the addition of substantial households in BTA
clusters which we have secured in Kentucky and South Carolina.  Finally, we are
pleased with the aggregation efforts of our 50% owned joint venture in North
Carolina with the Concord Telephone Company.  Through our ITFS application
efforts and bidding in the FCC's BTA auction, our share of the secured channel
rights should cover approximately 500,000 new line of sight households in the
state of North Carolina.  Our efforts in North Carolina are ongoing, but it is
clear to date we have aggregated significant spectrum rights at a low basis.

1996 OUTLOOK

     Demonstrably, Wireless One enjoyed a successful 1995.  Many opportunities
and challenges lie ahead.  We are hitting our launch target of approximately one
new system a month and are adding subscribers, both in existing systems and
newly launched systems.  Because of our successful fund raising activities, we
have the capital to fund our growth.  Moreover, we have in place the personnel
to manage our growth prudently and effectively.  Our management team understands
and appreciates the task ahead of it.  We are focused on our strategy of
acquiring customers in rural southeastern markets as quickly as possible.  We
appreciate the trust represented by your investment in Wireless One and look
forward to reporting successful results in 1996.  Our goal is increased
shareholder value, and we are dedicated to that.




                                           /s/ Sean Reilly
Hans J. Sternberg                          Sean Reilly
Chairman                        President and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

     For the fiscal year ended           December 31, 1995           or
                               -------------------------------------   

[_]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)

     For the transition period from ______ to ________

                   Commission file number         0-26836
                                            -------------------

                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
         Delaware                                          72-1300837
(State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                         Identification No.)

5551 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 2K, Baton Rouge, LA           70808
(Address of principal executive offices)                   (Zip Code)

</TABLE>
      Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (504) 926-7778

  SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:  Not applicable

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:

                    Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
       ----------------------------------------------------------------
                               (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   x      No _____
                                              -----            

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.

     The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant as of March 21, 1996 at a closing sale price of $14.25 as reported by
the Nasdaq National Market was approximately $81,626,237.

     As of March 21, 1996, the Registrant had 13,498,752 shares of Common Stock
outstanding.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement to be used in connection with
the solicitation of proxies for the Annual Meeting to be held on May 30, 1996
(the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual
Report of Form 10-K (the "Form 10-K").

<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                      INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 PAGE NO.
                                                                                                 --------
<S>                     <C>                                                                         <C>

PART I ...........................................................................................    1

Item 1.                 Business..................................................................    1
Item 2.                 Properties................................................................   21
Item 3.                 Legal Proceedings.........................................................   21
Item 4.                 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.......................   21
Item 4A.                Executive Officers of the Registrant......................................   22
                                                                                                       
PART II...........................................................................................   23
                                                                                                       
Item 5.                 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.   23
Item 6.                 Selected Financial Data...................................................   23
Item 7.                 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and                
                        Results of Operations.....................................................   24
Item 8.                 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...............................   30
Item 9.                 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and                
                        Financial Disclosure......................................................   30
                                                                                                       
PART III..........................................................................................   30
                                                                                                       
Item 10.                Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant........................   30
Item 11.                Executive Compensation....................................................   30
Item 12.                Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............   30
Item 13.                Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................   30
                                                                                                       
PART IV...........................................................................................   31
                                                                                                       
Item 14.                Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K...........   31 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                     PART I

 ITEM 1.        BUSINESS.

 OVERVIEW

      The Company develops, owns and operates wireless cable television systems,
 primarily in small to mid-size markets located in the southeastern United
 States.  Wireless cable television systems transmit programming via microwave
 frequencies from a headend to a small receive-site antenna at each subscriber's
 location.  The Company has targeted 37 markets located in Texas, Louisiana,
 Tennessee, Alabama, Georgia and Florida, representing approximately 4.7 million
 households, approximately 3.4 million of which the Company believes can be
 served by line-of-sight ("LOS") transmissions.  LOS transmissions generally
 require a direct, unobstructed transmission path from the central transmitting
 antenna to an antenna located at the subscriber's location.

      The Company targets small to mid-size markets with a significant number of
 LOS households that are unpassed by traditional hard-wire cable.  Many of these
 households, particularly in rural areas, have limited access to local off-air
 VHF/UHF programming (such as ABC, NBC, CBS and Fox), and typically do not have
 access to subscription television service except via satellite receivers which
 generally are more costly than wireless cable.  The Company offers its
 subscribers local off-air VHF/UHF programming, as well as HBO, Showtime, The
 Disney Channel, ESPN, CNN, USA, WGN, WTBS, The Discovery Channel, The Nashville
 Network, A&E and other programming services.  The programming that the Company
 offers in each market varies depending upon market conditions and the
 availability of channel capacity.  Generally, once a system is launched, the
 Company increases channel offerings when possible.  Substantially all of the
 Company's subscribers have set-top converters that are addressable, which
 enhances the Company's ability to offer subscribers pay-per-view services.  The
 Company markets its wireless cable service by highlighting four major
 competitive advantages over traditional hard-wire cable services and other
 subscription television alternatives:  picture quality and reliability,
 customer service, programming features and price.

      The Company's targeted markets include (i) 13 markets in which the Company
 currently has systems in operation (the "Operating Systems"), (ii) two markets
 in which the Company's systems are currently under construction and in which
 the Company expects to begin operations by April 1996, (iii) 10 near-term
 launch markets in which the Company believes that it has obtained sufficient
 wireless cable channel rights to launch commercially viable systems, and (iv)
 12 long-term launch markets in which the Company believes that it has obtained
 or expects to obtain, subject to necessary approvals by the Federal
 Communications Commission (the "FCC"), sufficient wireless cable channel rights
 to launch commercially viable systems.  At December 31, 1995 and February 29,
 1996, the Company's Operating Systems had approximately 7,525 and 10,372
 subscribers, respectively.

      In October 1995, the Company acquired (i) the wireless cable business
 previously conducted by Wireless One Operating Company ("Old Wireless One") and
 (ii) the wireless cable television assets and all related liabilities of
 certain subsidiaries of Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. ("Heartland")
 with respect to certain of Heartland's markets (the "Heartland Division").
 Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the "Company"
 include (i) Wireless One, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries,
 including the operations of the Heartland Division subsequent to its
 acquisition by the Company, and (ii) the business conducted by Old Wireless One
 and its direct and indirect subsidiaries prior to the Company's acquisition of
 the Heartland Division.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
 BUSINESS OPERATING STRATEGY

      The Company's primary business objective is to develop, own and operate
 wireless cable television systems in rural markets in which the Company
 believes it can achieve positive system cash flow within 18 months after
 commencing operations.  The Company plans to further its business objective
 through implementation of the following operating strategies.

      Rural Market Focus.  The Company obtains wireless cable channel rights and
 locates operations in geographic clusters of small to mid-size markets that
 have a significant number of households not currently passed by traditional
 hard-wire cable.  The Company believes that such markets have less competition
 from alternative forms of entertainment and that wireless cable service is the
 most economical subscription television alternative for many of these
 households.  The Company believes that it can commence service successfully in
 most of its markets with as few as 12 wireless cable channels.  Nevertheless,
 the Company typically commences operations in a given market utilizing all of
 the channels available to it at such time, which in most cases has exceeded 12.
 This strategy gives the Company a leading position in its markets, facilitating
 the Company's ability to acquire additional wireless cable channel rights in
 such markets.  In addition, the Company enjoys low labor costs in its rural
 markets.  Finally, the Company believes that its markets typically have a
 stable base of potential subscribers that will enable it to maintain a
 subscriber turnover rate of below 2% per month, as compared to a turnover rate
 of approximately 3% per month typically experienced by traditional hard-wire
 cable operators, resulting in reduced installation and marketing expenses.
 Consequently, the Company believes that its rural market focus will enable it
 to achieve positive system cash flow with relatively few subscribers.

      Low Cost Structure.  Wireless cable systems typically cost significantly
 less to build and operate than traditional hard-wire cable systems.  While both
 traditional hard-wire cable operators and wireless cable operators must
 construct a headend in each market, traditional hard-wire operators must
 install an extensive network of co-axial or fiber optic cable, amplifiers and
 related equipment (the "Cable Plant") in order to transmit signals from the
 headend to subscribers.  In contrast, once the headend is constructed, the
 additional costs to add a subscriber are variable and are further offset by
 installation fees paid by subscribers. Additionally, without a Cable Plant,
 wireless cable operators typically incur lower system maintenance costs and
 depreciation costs.  At December 31, 1995, the Company estimates that each
 additional wireless cable subscriber with a single set-top converter requires
 an incremental capital expenditure of approximately $425, consisting of, on
 average, $290 of materials and $135 of installation labor and overhead charges.

      Managed Subscriber Penetration.  The Company attempts to manage system
 launch costs and subscriber growth in order to achieve positive system cash
 flow rapidly.  Within a system, the Company initially directs its marketing
 efforts at households not currently passed by hard-wire cable.  The Company
 then expands its marketing efforts into the more competitive segments of the
 market, targeting both passed and unpassed households.

      Geographic Clusters and Economies of Scale.  The Company believes that its
 geographic clustering strategy will enable it to achieve cost savings through
 economies of scale in management, sales and customer service.

 OPERATING SYSTEMS AND THE COMPANY'S MARKETS

      The table below provides information regarding the Company's markets.
 "Estimated Total Households" represents the Company's estimate of the total
 households that are within the Company's service area (i.e., signal pattern).
 "Estimated LOS Households" represents the Company's estimate of the households
 that can receive the Company's signal after applying a discount to account for
 those homes that the Company

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
 estimates will be unable to receive service due to certain characteristics of
 the particular market, such as terrain and foliage.

      The Company does not hold directly any of the FCC channel licenses.
 Instead, the Company has acquired the right to transmit over those channels
 under leases with holders of channel licenses and applicants for channel
 licenses.  Although the Company has obtained or anticipates that it will be
 able to obtain access to a sufficient number of channels to operate
 commercially viable wireless cable systems in its markets, if a significant
 number of the Company's channel leases are terminated or not renewed, a
 significant number of pending FCC applications in which the Company has rights
 are not granted or the FCC terminates, revokes or fails to extend or renew the
 authorizations held by the Company's channel lessors, the Company may be unable
 to provide a commercially viable programming package to customers in some or
 all of its markets. In addition, with the cooperation of the Company, certain
 channel lessors may file applications with the FCC to modify certain channel
 licenses in the near-term and long-term launch markets to allow for the
 relocation of some channels from their currently authorized transmission site.
 While the Company's leases with such licensees require their cooperation, it is
 possible that one or more of such lessors may hinder or delay the Company's
 efforts to use the channels in accordance with the Company's plans for the
 particular market. Further, FCC interference protection requirements may impact
 efforts to modify licenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                       APPROXIMATE
                                                                                                                       SUBSCRIBERS
                                ESTIMATED        ESTIMATED       ACQUISITION OR        CHANNELS                            AT
                                  TOTAL             LOS             LAUNCH           AT LAUNCH OR        CURRENT      DECEMBER 31,
                             HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/  HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/         DATE         ACQUISITION/(2)/   CHANNELS/(2)/       1995
                             ---------------  ---------------  ------------------  -----------------  -------------   -------------


<S>                          <C>              <C>              <C>                 <C>                <C>            <C>
OPERATING SYSTEMS:
Brenham, Tx.................          42,931           38,638  February 1996                      20             20              -
Bryan/College Station, Tx...         102,676           92,408  May 1995                           31             32          1,445
Milano, Tx..................          40,880           36,792  October 1995                       20             20          1,297
Wharton, Tx.................         102,252           92,027  June 1994                          20             21          1,579
Bunkie, La..................          96,157           81,752  December 1995                      20             20             62
Lafayette, La/(3)/..........         180,277          144,222  January 1994                       11             11            593
Lake Charles, La/(3)/.......         111,560           89,248  April 1994                         17             23            487
Monroe, La..................         114,137           87,885  October 1995                       10             23            829
Gainesville, Fl.............         121,768           93,761  January 1996                       14             14              -
Panama City, Fl.............         108,327           83,412  September 1995                     23             23            442
Pensacola, Fl...............         230,122          184,098  July 1995                          28             28            658
Jeffersonville, Ga..........         189,321          145,777  March 1996                         20             20              -
Tullahoma, Tn...............          151082           76,498  November 1995                      20             20            133
                                   ---------        ---------                                                                -----
Total Operating.............       1,591,490        1,246,518                                                                7,525
 Systems....................       ---------        ---------                                                                =====

                                                               ESTIMATED TOTAL     ESTIMATED LOS      EXPECTED CHANNELS AT
                                                               HOUSEHOLDS/(1)  /   HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/    LAUNCH/(2)(5)/
                                                               ------------------  -----------------  --------------------
SYSTEMS UNDER CONSTRUCTION/(4)/:
Bucks, Al/(6)/........................................                    150,802            113,102          20
Fort Walton Beach, Fl.................................                     64,216             54,584          19
                                                                          -------            -------
       Total Systems Under Construction...............                    215,018            167,686
                                                                          -------            -------

</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                            <C>                 <C>                <C> 
 
                                                               ESTIMATED TOTAL     ESTIMATED LOS      EXPECTED CHANNELS AT
                                                                HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/    HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/       LAUNCH/(2)(5)/
                                                               ------------------  -----------------   --------------------
NEAR-TERM LAUNCH MARKETS/(7)/:
Bedias/Huntsville, Tx.......................                               74,681             67,213            20
Freeport, Tx................................                              140,116            126,104            16
Houma, La...................................                               81,741             69,480            26
Alexandria, La..............................                               31,683             25,864            23
Ruston, La..................................                               44,697             26,968            18
Chattanooga, Tn.............................                              257,082            133,734            18
Florence, Al................................                              112,820             82,358            20
Tarboro, Ga.................................                               81,492             52,970            20
Ocala, Fl...................................                              284,926            227,940            15
Tallahassee, Fl.............................                              149,368            104,558            16
                                                                        ---------            -------
       Total Near-Term Launch Markets.......                            1,258,606            917,189
                                                                        ---------            -------
                                                               ESTIMATED TOTAL      ESTIMATED LOS     EXPECTED CHANNELS AT
                                                               HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/     HOUSEHOLDS/(1)/       LAUNCH/(2)(5)/
                                                               ------------------  -----------------      -------------
LONG-TERM LAUNCH MARKETS/(9)/:
Abita Springs, La/(10)/...................                                219,915            175,948            20
Amite, La/(11)/...........................                                 99,208             74,404            20
Baton Rouge, La/(12)/.....................                                261,691            201,501            15
Bankston, Al..............................                                103,570             51,112            20
Selma, Al.................................                                158,661            109,535            16
Six Mile, Al..............................                                 96,424             43,287            16
Charing, Ga...............................                                156,371             78,336            16
Groveland, Ga/(8)/........................                                172,802            112,321            16
Hoggards Mill, Ga.........................                                 77,005             57,753            20
Matthews, Ga..............................                                170,271             85,136            20
Valdosta, Ga..............................                                110,381             77,267            16
Marianna, Fl..............................                                 56,734             39,714            20
                                                                        ---------          ---------
       Total Long-Term Launch Markets.....                              1,683,033          1,106,314
                                                                        ---------          ---------
          COMPANY TOTALS..................                              4,748,147          3,437,707
                                                                        =========          =========
</TABLE>
 (1) Estimated Total Households represents the Company's estimate of the total
     households that are within the Company's service area. Estimated LOS
     Households represents the Company's estimate of the households that can
     receive the Company's signal after applying a discount to account for those
     homes that the Company estimates will be unable to receive service due to
     certain characteristics of the particular market, such as terrain and
     foliage.

 (2) Includes local off-air VHF/UHF channels, some or all of which may be
     retransmitted by the Company via wireless cable frequencies.

 (3) The Company is not actively marketing, and does not currently intend to
     actively market, its service in the Lafayette and Lake Charles markets
     until an increase in the channel offering is achieved, which the Company
     expects to occur within 3 months from the date hereof.

 (4) Systems Under Construction include markets in which the system headend is
     under construction and in which the Company expects to complete
     construction and begin operations by the end of April 1996.

 (5) Expected Channels at Launch includes channels with respect to which the
     Company has a lease with a channel license holder or applicant for a
     channel license or with a qualified, non-profit educational organization
     that has filed an application for an ITFS license. There can be no
     assurance that applications for channel licenses will be granted.

 (6) Household count based on operation at 50 watts.  The present operating
     signal pattern covers an estimated 42,766 total households and an estimated
     38,628 LOS households.

 (7) Near-Term Launch Markets include markets in which the Company has obtained
     sufficient wireless cable channel rights to launch commercially viable
     systems.

 (8) A petition to deny applications for extension of time to construct eight
     channels is pending before the FCC.  The outcome of this matter cannot be
     determined.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 (9)  Long-Term Launch Markets include markets in which the Company has obtained
      or expects to obtain, subject to necessary FCC approvals, sufficient
      wireless cable channel rights to launch commercially viable systems.

 (10) Approximately 50% of the Company's LOS households in this market will
      require high gain receive-site equipment to avoid interference from an
      adjacent wireless cable system.

 (11) The Company's channel rights in this market consist of channel lease
      agreements with educational institutions which have filed ITFS
      applications with the FCC in October 1995. There can be no assurance that
      the applications for channel rights will be granted.

 (12) An existing wireless cable operator is serving approximately 300
      subscribers in this market with an 11 channel MDS system. The Company's
      ITFS applications for the market are subject to comparative disposition
      with competing applications. The outcome of that disposition cannot be
      reliably projected at this time.

 Operating Systems

      Brenham System.  The Company launched service in the Brenham, Texas System
 in February 1996. The Brenham System serves portions of Washington, Austin,
 Waller, Burleson, Lee, Fayette and Colorado counties in Texas.  The Brenham
 System did not have any subscribers at December 31, 1995.

      The Company leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Brenham market.  The Company transmits on all 20 channels.  The Brenham System
 currently offers an 18 channel basic package, including five local off-air
 VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per month.  In
 addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium service channel, HBO, for
 $9.95.  The Brenham System also offers one pay-per-view channel.  The Brenham
 System transmits at 10 watts of power from the 500 foot level of a 709 foot
 tower, located .2 miles southwest of Brenham, Texas.  The Brenham System's
 signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 40 miles, encompassing
 approximately 42,931 households, of which the Company believes approximately
 38,638 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable
 competitor in the city of Brenham is Northland Cable TV.

      Bryan/College Station System.  The Company launched service in the
 Bryan/College Station, Texas System in May 1995.  The Bryan/College Station
 System serves all of Brazos, Grimes and Burleson counties and parts of
 Washington, Madison, Robertson, Milano and Lee counties in Texas.  The
 Bryan/College Station System had approximately 1,445 subscribers on December
 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 32 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Bryan/College Station market.  The Company transmits on all 32 of these
 channels.  The Bryan/College Station System currently offers a 27 channel basic
 package, including five local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being
 retransmitted, for $19.95 per month.  In addition, a subscriber may purchase
 four premium service channels, HBO, The Disney Channel, Showtime and Starz, for
 $9.95, $5.95, $6.95 and $4.95 per month, respectively. The Bryan/College
 Station System also offers one pay-per-view channel.  The Bryan/College Station
 System transmits at 10 watts of power from the 484 foot level of a 499 foot
 tower, three miles southwest of Bryan/College Station.  The Bryan/College
 Station System's signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 40 miles,
 encompassing approximately 102,700 households, of which the Company believes
 approximately 92,400 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-
 wire cable competitor in the city of Bryan/College Station is TCA Cable TV,
 Inc.

      Milano System.  The Company acquired the Milano, Texas System in October
 1995.  Prior thereto, the Milano System was operated by Heartland since
 December 1994.  The Milano System serves all of the Milano area and parts of
 Milam, Burleson, Bell and Brazos counties.  The Milano System had approximately
 1,297 subscribers on December 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
      The Company leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available for the
  Milano market. The Company transmits on all 20 of these channels. The Milano
  System currently offers an 18 channel basic package, including five local off-
  air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per month. In
  addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium service channel, HBO, for
  $9.95 per month. The Milano System also offers one pay-per-view channel. The
  Milano System transmits at 10 watts of power from the 695 foot level of a 700
  foot tower, two miles northeast of Milano. The Milano signal pattern covers a
  radius of approximately 39 miles, encompassing approximately 40,900
  households, of which the Company believes approximately 36,800 can be served
  by LOS transmissions. The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the city of
  Milano is Cable Video Enterprises.

        Wharton System. The Company launched service in the Wharton, Texas
  System in June 1994. The Wharton System serves all of Wharton county and parts
  of Fort Bend, Matagorda, Brazoria and Colorado counties. The Wharton System
  had approximately 1,579 subscribers on December 31, 1995, primarily in single-
  family homes.
  
      The Company leases 21 of the wireless cable channels available for the
  Wharton market.  The Company transmits on all 21 of these channels.  The
  Wharton System currently offers an 18 channel basic package, including five
  local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per
  month. In addition, a subscriber may purchase two premium service channels,
  HBO and Showtime, for $10.95 and $6.95 per month, respectively. The Wharton
  System also offers one pay-per-view channel. The Wharton System transmits at
  50 watts of power from the 436 foot level of a 440 foot tower, 4.2 miles
  southeast of Wharton. The Wharton System's signal pattern covers a radius of
  approximately 39 miles, encompassing approximately 102,300 households, of
  which the Company believes approximately 92,000 can be served by LOS
  transmissions. The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the city of Wharton
  is Falcon Cable.

        Bunkie System.  The Company launched service in the Bunkie, Louisiana
  System in December 1995. The Bunkie System serves all of Evangeline parish and
  parts of Acadia, Allen, Avoyelles, Point Coupee, Rapides and St. Landry
  parishes in Louisiana.  The Bunkie System had approximately 62 subscribers on
  December 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.
 
      The Company leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available for the
  Bunkie market. The Bunkie System currently offers an 18 channel basic package,
  including five local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted,
  for $19.95 per month. In addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium
  service channel, HBO, for $9.95 per month. The Bunkie System also offers one
  pay-per-view. The Bunkie System transmits at 50 watts of power from the 705
  foot level of a 709 foot tower, located 3.1 miles east of Bunkie, Louisiana.
  The Bunkie System's signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 40 miles,
  encompassing approximately 96,157 households, of which the Company believes
  approximately 81,752 can be served by LOS transmissions. The principal hard-
  wire competitor is the city of Bunkie's Laribay Cablevision Limited.

        Lafayette System.  The Company launched service in the Lafayette,
  Louisiana System in January 1994.  The Lafayette System serves all of
  Lafayette, St. Martin, Iberia, Vermillion and Acadia parishes, and parts of
  St. Landry and St. Mary parishes in Louisiana. The Lafayette System had
  approximately 593 subscribers on December 31, 1995, primarily in single-family
  homes.
 
      The Company leases 30 of the wireless cable channels available for the
  Lafayette market. The Company transmits on six of these channels. Collocation
  applications were recently granted for four channels. Collocation applications
  are pending for 12 additional channels. New station applications are pending
  for eight channels. The Lafayette System currently offers an 11 channel basic
  package, consisting of six wireless cable channels and five local off-air
  VHF/UHF channels, for $15.95 per month. The Lafayette System transmits at 10
  watts of power from the 220 foot level of a 228 foot tower, 2.8 miles west
  of Lafayette.
  

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 The Company has filed and anticipates approval of modification applications to
 increase to 50 watts of power, to transmit at the 588 foot level of a 604 foot
 tower and to move 8.6 miles south of Lafayette.  Upon such modifications, the
 Lafayette System's signal pattern will cover a radius of approximately 38
 miles, encompassing approximately 180,300 households, of which the Company
 believes approximately 144,200 can be served by LOS transmissions.  These LOS
 household counts do not differ materially from the Company's present
 transmission site.  The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the city of
 Lafayette is TCA Cable TV, Inc.

      Lake Charles System.  The Company launched service in the Lake Charles,
 Louisiana System in April 1994.  The Lake Charles System serves all of
 Calcasieu, Jefferson Davis and Cameron parishes, and parts of Beauregard and
 Allen parishes in Louisiana.  The Lake Charles System had approximately 487
 subscribers on December 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 31 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Lake Charles market.  The Company transmits on nine of these channels.
 Collocation applications were recently granted for two channels.  New station
 applications are pending for the remaining twenty channels.  The Lake Charles
 System currently offers a 16 channel basic package, consisting of eight
 wireless cable channels and eight local off-air VHF/UHF channels, for $19.95
 per month.  In addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium service channel,
 HBO, for $9.95 per month.  The Lake Charles System transmits at 50 watts of
 power from the 407 foot level of a 411 foot tower, 5.5 miles west of Lake
 Charles.  Applications have been filed to operate the remaining 20 channels at
 50 watts of power from the same tower.  The Lake Charles System's signal
 pattern covers a radius of approximately 38 miles, encompassing approximately
 111,600 households, of which the Company believes approximately 89,200 can be
 served by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the
 city of Lake Charles is TCI Cable TV, Inc.

      Monroe System.  The Company acquired the Monroe System in October 1995.
 Heartland completed construction of the Monroe System in March 1993.  The
 Monroe System had approximately 829 subscribers on December 31, 1995, primarily
 in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 29 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Monroe market.  The Company transmits on 17 of these channels and new station
 applications are pending for the remaining 12 channels.  Four of these channels
 also are subject to an administrative petition that, if granted, could result
 in the loss of the license therefor.  The Monroe System currently offers a 21
 channel basic package, consisting of 15 wireless cable channels and six local
 off-air VHF/UHF broadcast channels, for $19.95 per month.  In addition, a
 subscriber may purchase one premium service channel, HBO, for $9.95 per month.
 The Monroe System also offers one pay-per-view channel.  The Monroe System
 transmits at 50 watts of power from the 650 foot level of a 906 foot tower,
 located 10.0 miles north of Monroe.  The Monroe System's signal pattern covers
 a radius of approximately 39 miles, encompassing approximately 114,140
 households, of which the Company believes approximately 87,900 can be served by
 LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the city of
 Monroe is Louisiana Cablevision.

      Gainesville System.  The Company launched service in the Gainesville,
 Florida System in January 1996.  The Gainesville System serves parts of Clay,
 Duval, Gilchrist, Dixie, Levy, Lafayette, Putnam, Swannee, Hamilton and Marion
 and all of Alachua, Bradford, Baker, Columbia and Union counties in Florida.
 The Gainesville System did not have any subscribers on December 31, 1995.

 The Company leases 26 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Gainesville, Florida market. The Company transmits on 14 of these channels and
 has modification applications pending for the remaining 12 channels. The
 Gainesville System currently offers a 13 channel basic package, including four
 local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $15.95 per
 month. In addition, a subscriber may

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 purchase one premium channel, HBO, for $9.95.  The Gainesville System transmits
 at 50 watts of power from the 706 foot level of a 709 foot tower, located 24.0
 miles southeast of Lake City, Florida.  The Gainesville System's signal pattern
 covers a radius of approximately 40 miles, encompassing approximately 121,800
 households, of which the Company believes approximately 93,760 can be served by
 LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the area of
 Gainesville is Warner Cable.

      Pensacola System.  The Company launched service in the Pensacola, Florida
 System in July 1995. The Pensacola System serves all of Escambia and Santa Rosa
 counties in Florida, and parts of Okaloosa and Baldwin counties in Alabama.
 The Pensacola System had approximately 658 subscribers on December 31, 1995,
 primarily in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 28 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Pensacola market.  The Company transmits on all 28 of these channels.  The
 Pensacola System currently offers a 22 channel basic package, including six
 local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per
 month. In addition, a subscriber may purchase two premium services, HBO and a
 five channel Showtime package, for $9.95 and $10.95 per month, respectively.
 The Pensacola System transmits at 50 watts of power from the 493 foot level of
 a 499 foot tower, located 11.0 miles north of Pensacola.  The Pensacola
 System's signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 38 miles, encompassing
 approximately 230,100 households, of which the Company believes approximately
 184,100 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable
 competitor in the city of Pensacola is Cox Cable Communications.

      Panama City System.  The Company launched service in the Panama City,
 Florida System in September 1995.  The Panama City System serves all of Bay
 County and parts of Calhoun, Gulf Holmes, Jackson, Walton and Washington
 counties in Florida.  The Panama City System had approximately 442 subscribers
 on December 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 27 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Panama City market.  The Company transmits on 23 of these channels.  An
 application for a license for the remaining four channels was dismissed by the
 FCC and is subject to an administrative petition to reinstate.  The Panama City
 System currently offers a 21 channel basic package, including five off-air
 VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per month.  In
 addition, a subscriber may purchase HBO for $9.95 per month and Showtime for
 $6.95 per month.  The Panama City System transmits at 50 watts of power from
 the 450 foot level of a 500 foot tower, located 9.7 miles north of Panama City.
 The Panama City System's signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 40
 miles, encompassing approximately 108,300 households, of which the Company
 believes approximately 83,400 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The
 principal hard-wire cable competitor in the city of Panama City is Comcast.

      Jeffersonville System.  The Company launched service in the
 Jeffersonville, Georgia System in March 1996.  The Jeffersonville System serves
 portions of Laurens, Pulaski, Peach, Macon, Crawford, Monroe, Jones, Baldwin
 and Johnson and all of Beckly, Wilkinson, Houston, Twiggs and Bibb counties in
 Georgia. The Jeffersonville System did not have any subscribers at December 31,
 1995.

      The Company leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Jeffersonville, Georgia market.  The Company transmits on all 20 channels.  The
 Jeffersonville System currently offers an 18 channel basic package, including
 five local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95
 per month.  In addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium service channel,
 HBO, for $10.95.  The Jeffersonville System also offers one pay-per-view
 channel.  The Jeffersonville System transmits at 50 watts of power from the 706
 foot level of a 709 foot tower, located 3.3 miles northeast of Jeffersonville,
 Georgia. The Jeffersonville System's signal pattern covers a radius of
 approximately 39 miles, encompassing 189,321

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 households, of which the Company believes approximately 145,777 can be served
 by LOS transmissions. The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the area of
 Jeffersonville is Cox Cable.

      Tullahoma System.  The Company launched service in the Tullahoma,
 Tennessee System in November 1995.  The Tullahoma System serves parts of
 Coffee, Cannon, Bedford, Moore, Franklin, Grundy and Warren counties in
 Tennessee.  The Tullahoma System had approximately 133 subscribers on December
 31, 1995, primarily in single-family homes.

      The Company leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available for the
 Tullahoma, Tennessee market.  The Company transmits on all 20 channels.  The
 Tullahoma System currently offers an 18 channel basic package, including five
 local off-air VHF/UHF channels which are being retransmitted, for $19.95 per
 month.  In addition, a subscriber may purchase one premium service channel,
 HBO, for $9.95.  The Tullahoma System also offers one pay-per-view channel.
 The Company transmits at 10 watts of power from the 751 foot level of a 755
 foot tower, located 7.5 miles east of Tullahoma, Tennessee.  The Tullahoma
 System's signal pattern covers a radius of approximately 40 miles, encompassing
 approximately 151,082 households, of which the Company believes approximately
 76,498 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable
 competitor in the city of Tullahoma is Tullahoma Cablevision.

      Systems Under Construction

      The Company currently has two additional systems under construction, which
 are located in Bucks, Alabama and Fort Walton Beach, Florida.  In each of the
 systems, the Company will have ordered substantially all of the equipment
 necessary to transmit on its channels in such markets by April 1996.

      The Company currently leases 20 of the wireless cable channels available
 for the Bucks, Alabama market.  All 20 channels are granted and collocated.
 The Company expects to launch this system by April 1996.  The Company will
 transmit at 10 watts of power from the 853 foot level of a 859 foot tower,
 located 9.6 miles northwest of Bucks, Alabama.  The Bucks System's signal
 pattern covers a radius of approximately 36 miles, encompassing 150,802
 households, of which the Company believes approximately 113,102 can be served
 by LOS transmissions.  The principal hard-wire cable competitor in the area of
 Bucks is Cablevision.

      The Company currently leases 23 of the wireless cable channels available
 for the Fort Walton Beach, Florida market.  Fifteen of these channels are
 granted and collocated.  Eight of these channels are subject to pending
 modification applications.  The Company expects to launch this system by April
 1996.  The Company will transmit at 50 watts of power from the 276 foot level
 of a 279 foot tower, located approximately four miles northeast of Fort Walton
 Beach, Florida.  The Fort Walton Beach System's signal pattern covers a radius
 of approximately 39 miles, encompassing 64,216 households, of which the Company
 believes approximately 54,584 can be served by LOS transmissions.  The
 principal hard-wire cable competitor in the area of Fort Walton Beach is
 Emerald Coast Cable.

      Near-term and Long-term Launch Markets

      In these markets, the Company has obtained or expects to obtain, subject
 to necessary FCC approvals, sufficient wireless cable channel rights to launch
 commercially viable systems.  In the near-term launch markets, the Company
 believes that it has obtained such wireless cable channel rights.  Many of the
 Company's channel rights in the long-term launch markets are in the form of
 lease agreements with qualified, non-profit educational organizations that have
 licenses for channels ("ITFS" channels) which must be modified by the FCC to be
 utilized by the Company as planned, that have pending applications for ITFS
 channels that have not yet been granted or for which application to the FCC has
 yet to be made.  The

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 Company is considering modifying certain channel licenses in near-term and
 long-term markets to allow for the relocation of some channels from their
 currently authorized or proposed transmission sites.  While management believes
 that the relocation would increase the total number of potential subscribers in
 those systems, the Company does not intend to delay construction of a new
 system if the modifications are not approved by the FCC.

      Currently, the FCC will not accept applications for new ITFS licenses or
 "major" modifications of ITFS licenses which affects channel rights in several
 of the Company's long-term launch markets.  A five-day window for filing ITFS
 applications was most recently completed on October 20, 1995, in which the
 Company's lessors filed the majority of the applications required to effectuate
 its long-term launch plans.  The Company's currently pending ITFS applications
 are expected to undergo review by FCC engineers and staff attorneys over the
 next 24 months.  If the FCC staff determines that an application meets certain
 basic technical and legal qualifications, the staff will then determine whether
 the application proposes facilities that would result in signal interference to
 facilities proposed in other pending applications.  If so, the conflicting
 applications undergo a comparative selection process.  The FCC's ITFS
 application selection process is based on a set of objective criteria that
 includes whether an applicant is located in the community to be served and is
 an accredited educator proposing to serve its own students.  Historically, the
 outcome of the selection process when two or more qualified applicants are
 competing for the same channels has been somewhat predictable based on the
 particular facts and circumstances.  A small portion of the Company's lease
 agreements involve applications for channel licenses for which competing
 applications have been filed.  The Company therefore anticipates that a
 substantial number of the pending applications will be granted. However, given
 the considerable number of applications involved, no assurance can be given as
 to the precise number of applications that will be granted.  The failure of the
 Company to obtain a sufficient number of channel rights in a particular market
 could have a material adverse effect on the growth of the Company.

      The Company currently expects to construct and to begin operations in 10
 near-term launch markets by the end of 1996 and 11 additional markets in 1997.
 Construction will entail the construction of a transmission building near a
 transmission tower and the installation of transmission equipment and, in
 certain cases, the construction of the transmission tower.  The construction of
 the transmission facility will enable the Company to launch wireless cable
 service in such markets.  For the remaining markets, the Company expects to
 begin operations by the end of 1998.  The Company is analyzing the appropriate
 construction schedule for the remaining near-term launch markets and for the
 remaining long-term launch markets.  This analysis is being performed based
 upon multiple factors including, but not limited to, the expiration dates of
 channel leases and FCC construction authorizations, the number of potential
 subscribers in each market, the availability of capital and the proximity of a
 market to operating systems and other markets ready for construction.  In
 managing its wireless cable channel assets, the Company may, at its option,
 trade or exchange existing channel rights in order to acquire, directly or
 indirectly, channel rights in markets that have a greater strategic value to
 the Company.

 Other Potential Markets

      In addition to the Company's markets described above, the Company
 continually evaluates other potential markets in which to implement its
 business strategy, either independently or through one or more strategic
 alliances.  The Company is currently attempting to acquire a sufficient number
 of wireless cable channel rights to operate commercially viable wireless cable
 systems in additional markets and is currently participating in the auction for
 the award of wireless cable channels that can be owned by for-profit entities
 ("MDS" channels), which commenced on November 13, 1995.  The Company
 anticipates acquiring additional channel rights in the States of Kentucky and
 South Carolina through the auction process.  In addition, the Company has
 entered into channel lease agreements with local, accredited educational
 institutions in several such markets that have filed ITFS applications with the
 FCC relating to such markets.  Through its 50%

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
 owned joint venture, the Company has filed for ITFS channels across the State
 of North Carolina and expects to acquire MDS channels in 6 to 9 markets in
 North Carolina through the auction process.  No assurance can be given that the
 Company will acquire a sufficient number of wireless cable channel rights to
 operate commercially viable wireless cable systems in such markets or that the
 Company will have sufficient capital resources to construct, launch and finance
 the addition of subscribers in such markets in the event the Company does
 obtain such wireless cable channel rights.

 SYSTEM COSTS

      The Company estimates that the current cost per market for transmission
 (or headend) equipment and a headend build-out in a typical 20 channel system
 will be approximately $570,000.  The additional cost to expand a system to a
 full 32 channels is approximately $180,000.  At December 31, 1995, the Company
 estimates that each additional wireless cable subscriber with a single set-top
 converter requires an incremental capital expenditure of approximately $425,
 consisting of, on average, $290 of materials and $135 of installation labor and
 overhead charges.

      The operating costs for wireless cable systems are generally lower than
 those for comparable traditional hard-wire systems.  This is attributable to
 lower system network maintenance and depreciation expense.  Programming is
 generally available to traditional hard-wire and wireless cable operators on
 comparable terms, although operators that have a smaller number of subscribers
 often are required to pay higher per subscriber fees.  Accordingly, operators
 in the initial operating stage generally pay higher programming fees on a per
 subscriber basis.  The Company believes that its markets typically have a
 stable base of potential subscribers that will enable it to maintain a
 subscriber turnover rate of below 2% per month, as compared to a turnover rate
 of approximately 3% per month typically experienced by traditional hard-wire
 cable operators, resulting in reduced installation and marketing expenses.  By
 locating its operations in geographic clusters, the Company believes that it
 can further contain costs by taking advantage of economies of scale in
 management, sales and customer service.  For each Operating System, the Company
 employs a general manager, salespersons and installation and repair personnel.
 All other functions are centralized, including engineering, marketing, billing,
 customer service, finance and administration.

 MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

      The Company markets its wireless cable service by highlighting for major
 competitive advantages over traditional hard-wire cable services and other
 subscription television alternatives: picture quality and reliability, customer
 service, programming features and price.

      Picture Quality and Reliability.  Wireless cable subscribers enjoy
 substantially outage-free, highly reliable picture quality because there is no
 Cable Plant between the headend and the subscriber's location, as in the case
 of traditional hard-wire cable.  Within the signal range of the Operating
 Systems, the picture quality of the Company's service is generally equal or
 better in quality to that typically received by traditional hard-wire cable
 subscribers because, absent any LOS obstruction, there is less opportunity for
 signal degradation between the Company's headend and the subscriber.

      Customer Service.  The Company has established the goal of maintaining
 high levels of customer satisfaction.  In furtherance of that goal, the Company
 emphasizes responsive customer service and convenient installation scheduling.
 The Company has established customer retention and referral programs in an
 effort to obtain and retain new subscribers.  Because traditional hard-wire
 cable companies enjoyed virtual monopolies in the past, few have had an
 incentive to provide as high levels of customer service as the Company
 provides.  The regulations promulgated under the 1992 Cable Act require
 traditional hard-wire

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
 cable companies to provide improved customer service which may decrease the
 Company's competitive advantage in this area.

      Programming Features.  In the Operating Systems and systems under
 construction, the Company believes that it has assembled sufficient channel
 rights and programming agreements to provide a programming package competitive
 with those offered by traditional hard-wire cable operators.  Additionally, the
 Company uses equipment which (when channel availability is sufficient) enables
 it to offer pay-per-view programming and addressability not currently offered
 by many of the rural hard-wire cable operators with which it competes.

      Price.  The Company offers its subscribers a programming package
 consisting of basic service, enhanced basic service and premium programs.  The
 Company can offer a price to its subscribers for basic service and enhanced
 basic service that is typically lower than prices for the same services offered
 by traditional rural hard-wire cable operators because of lower capital and
 operating costs.  The rates charged by cable operators for their programming
 services are regulated pursuant to the Cable Television Consumer Protection and
 Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable Act"), as modified by the
 Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act").  The Company is unable to
 predict precisely what effect FCC rate regulations will have on the rates
 charged by traditional hard-wire cable operators.  Notwithstanding the
 regulations, however, the Company believes it will continue to be price
 competitive with traditional hard-wire cable operators with respect to
 comparable programming.

 EMPLOYEES

      As of December 31, 1995, the Company had a total of 179 employees, of whom
 142 are employed by the Company's subsidiaries.  None of the Company's
 employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement.  The Company has
 experienced no work stoppages and believes that it has good relations with its
 employees.  The Company also utilizes the services of unaffiliated independent
 contractors to build and install its wireless cable systems and to market its
 service.

                            WIRELESS CABLE INDUSTRY

 SUBSCRIPTION TELEVISION INDUSTRY

      The subscription television industry began in the late 1940s to serve the
 needs of residents in predominantly rural areas with limited access to local
 off-air VHF/UHF channels.  At that time, the industry was limited to "community
 antenna relay" systems which received off-air television broadcasts and
 transmitted them to homes via cable.  Over time, cable television expanded to
 metropolitan areas due to, among other things, the fact that it offered
 subscribers better reception and more programming.  Currently, subscription
 television systems offer various types of programming, which generally include
 basic service, enhanced basic service, premium service and, in some instances,
 pay-per-view service.

      A subscription television customer generally pays an initial connection
 charge and a fixed monthly fee for basic service.  The amount of the monthly
 basic service fee varies from area to area and is a function, in part, of the
 number of channels and services included in the basic service package and the
 cost of such services to the subscription television system operator.  In most
 instances, a separate monthly fee for each premium service and certain other
 specific programming is charged to customers, with discounts generally
 available to customers receiving multiple premium services.  Monthly service
 fees for basic, enhanced basic, premium and pay-per-view services constitute
 the major source of revenue for subscription television systems.  Subscribers
 typically are free to discontinue service at any time.  Converter rentals,
 remote control rentals, advertising revenues, connection charges and
 reconnection charges for customers who were

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
 previously disconnected are also included in a subscription television system's
 revenues, but generally are not a major component of such revenues.

 TRADITIONAL HARD-WIRE CABLE TECHNOLOGY

      Most subscription television systems are traditional hard-wire cable
 systems which use coaxial cable to transmit television signals.  Traditional
 hard-wire cable operators receive, at a headend, signals of programming
 services, such as CBS, NBC, ABC, HBO, Cinemax and CNN, which have been
 transmitted to such operators by broadcast or satellite.  A headend consists of
 signal reception, decryption, retransmission, encoding and related equipment.
 The operator delivers the signal from the headend to customers via a Cable
 Plant.  As a direct result of the use of a Cable Plant to deliver signals
 throughout a service area, traditional hard-wire cable systems are susceptible
 to signal quality problems.  Signals can only be transmitted via coaxial cable
 a relatively short distance without amplification.  Each time a television
 signal passes through an amplifier, some measure of noise is added.  A series
 of amplifiers between the headend and the viewing customer leads to
 progressively greater noise and, accordingly for some viewers, a noticeably
 degraded picture.  Also, an amplifier must be properly balanced or the signal
 may be improperly amplified.  Failure of any one amplifier in the chain of a
 Cable Plant will black out the transmission signal from that point on. Regular
 system maintenance is required due to water ingress, temperature changes and
 equipment failures, all of which may affect the quality of the picture
 delivered to subscribers.  Some traditional hard-wire cable operators have
 begun installing fiber optic networks which will substantially reduce the
 transmission and reception problems currently experienced by traditional hard-
 wire cable systems and will expand the channel capacity of such systems.  The
 installation of such fiber optic networks will require a substantial investment
 by such operators.


 WIRELESS CABLE TECHNOLOGY

      The wireless cable industry was made commercially possible in 1983 when
 the FCC reallocated a portion of the electromagnetic radio spectrum located
 between 2500 and 2686 MHz, permitted this spectrum to be used for commercial
 purposes and modified its rules on the usage of the remaining portion of such
 spectrum.  Nevertheless, regulatory and other obstacles impeded the growth of
 the wireless cable industry through the remainder of the 1980s.  In addition,
 before the 1992 Cable Act became effective, the availability of some
 programming from hard-wire cable-controlled programmers was not assured.  The
 factors contributing to the increasing growth of wireless cable systems since
 the effectiveness of the 1992 Cable Act include (i) regulatory reforms by the
 FCC to facilitate competition with hard-wire cable, (ii) increasing
 availability of programming for wireless cable systems, (iii) consumer demand
 for alternatives to traditional hard-wire cable service, (iv) increasing
 accumulation by wireless cable operators of a sufficient number of channels in
 each market to offer a competitive service and (v) increased availability of
 capital to wireless cable operators in the public and private markets.

      Wireless cable can provide subscribers the same or superior video
 television signal as that provided by traditional hard-wire cable.  Like a
 traditional hard-wire cable system, a wireless cable system receives
 programming at a headend.  Unlike traditional hard-wire cable systems, however,
 the programming is then retransmitted by microwave from an antenna located on a
 tower associated with the headend to a small receive antenna located at a
 subscriber's premises.  At the subscriber's premises, the signals are converted
 to frequencies that can pass through conventional coaxial cable into a
 descrambling converter located on top of a television set.  Wireless cable
 requires a clear LOS because the microwave frequencies used will not pass
 through dense foliage, hills, buildings or other obstructions.  Some of these
 obstructions can be overcome with the use of signal repeaters which retransmit
 an otherwise blocked signal over a limited area.  Because wireless cable
 systems do not require a Cable Plant, wireless cable operators can provide
 subscribers with

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
 a high quality picture with few transmission disruptions at a significantly
 lower system capital cost per installed subscriber than traditional hard-wire
 cable systems.

      To ensure the clearest LOS possible in the Company's markets, the Company
 has placed, and plans to place, its headend antennas on top of tall structures
 or accessible mountain tops located in its markets. There exists, in each of
 the Company's markets, a number of acceptable locations for the placement of
 headend antennas, and the Company does not believe that the failure to secure
 any one location for such placement in any single market will materially
 adversely affect the Company's operations in such market.


 REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

      General.  The wireless cable industry is subject to regulation by the FCC
 pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications
 Act").  The Communications Act empowers the FCC, among other things, to issue,
 revoke, modify and renew licenses within the spectrum available to wireless
 cable; to approve the assignment and/or transfer of control of such licenses;
 to approve the location of channels that comprise wireless cable systems; to
 regulate the kind, configuration and operation of equipment used by wireless
 cable systems; and to impose certain equal employment opportunity and other
 reporting requirements on channel license holders and wireless cable operators.

      The FCC has determined that wireless cable systems are not "cable systems"
 for purposes of the Communications Act, and, therefore, a wireless cable system
 does not require a local franchise and is subject to fewer local regulations
 than a hard-wire cable system.  Moreover, all transmission and reception
 equipment for a wireless cable system can be located on private property;
 hence, there is no need to make use of utility poles or dedicated easements or
 other public rights of way.  Although wireless cable operators typically must
 lease the right to use wireless cable channels from the holders of channel
 licenses, unlike hard-wire cable operators they do not have to pay local
 franchise fees.  Recently, legislation has been introduced in some states to
 authorize state and local authorities to impose on all video program
 distributors (including wireless cable distributors) a tax on the distributors'
 gross receipts comparable to the franchise fees cable operators pay.  Similar
 legislation might be introduced in states where the Company does business or
 intends to do business.  While the proposals vary among states, all of the
 proposed bills would require, if enacted, as much as 5% of gross receipts to be
 paid by wireless cable operators to local authorities.  The wireless cable
 industry trade association is attempting to prevent the assessment of such
 state taxes through federal preemptive legislation.  In addition, the industry
 is opposing the state bills as they are introduced, and in Virginia, it was
 exempted from the video tax that was eventually enacted into law.  However, it
 is not possible to predict whether or not new state laws will be enacted which
 impose new taxes on wireless cable operators.

      Channels Available for Wireless Cable.  The FCC licenses and regulates the
 use of channels by wireless cable operators to transmit video programming, 
 entertainment services and other information.  A maximum of 32 wireless cable
 channels (constituting a spectrum bandwidth of 192 MHz) may be authorized for
 use in a wireless cable market.  The actual number of wireless cable channels
 available for licensing at any one location is determined by the FCC's
 interference-protection rules and by its channel allocation rules. In each of
 the Company's operating or targeted markets, either up to 20 or 32 wireless
 cable channels are available for wireless cable (in addition to any local off-
 air VHF/UHF channels which are not retransmitted over the wireless cable
 channels).  Except in limited circumstances, 20 wireless cable channels in each
 of these geographic service areas are licensed to qualified, non-profit
 educational organizations (commonly referred to as ITFS channels).  In general,
 each of these channels must be used an average of a minimum of 20 hours per
 week for educational programming.  The remaining "excess air time" on an ITFS
 channel may be leased to wireless cable operators for commercial use, without
 further restrictions (other than the right of the ITFS license holder, at its
 option, to recapture up to an additional 20 hours of air time per week for

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
 educational programming).  Certain program networks  (e.g., Univision and The
 Discovery Channel) provide educational programming and thereby may facilitate
 greater usage by the Company of an ITFS channel. Also, a technique known as
 "channel mapping" permits ITFS licensees to meet their minimum educational
 programming requirements by transmitting educational programming over several
 ITFS channels at different times, but in a manner which appears to the viewer
 as one channel.  As a result of recent FCC rule changes, lessees of ITFS
 "excess air time," including the Company, generally have the right to transmit
 to their customers the educational programming on one or more of their ITFS
 channels, thereby providing wireless cable operators leasing such channels,
 including the Company, with greater flexibility in their use of ITFS channels.
 The remaining 12 wireless cable channels (commonly referred to as MDS or
 commercial channels) available in most of the Company's operating and targeted
 markets are made available by the FCC for full-time commercial usage without
 programming restrictions.  There is no FCC-imposed restriction on the length or
 the terms of MDS leases, other than the requirement that the licensee maintain
 effective control of its MDS station.  The same FCC control requirement applies
 to ITFS licensees.  In addition, ITFS excess capacity leases cannot exceed a
 term of 10 years from the time that the lessee begins using the channel
 capacity.  The Company's ITFS leases generally grant the Company a right of
 first refusal to match any new lease offer after the end of the lease term and
 require the parties to negotiate in good faith to renew the lease.

      Licensing Procedures.  The FCC awards licenses to ue MDS and ITFS 
 channels based upon applications demonstrating that the applicant is qualified
 to hold the license and that the operation of the proposed channels will not
 cause impermissible interference to other channels entitled to interference
 protection.  Once an MDS license application is granted by the FCC, a
 conditional license is issued, allowing construction of the station to commence
 upon the satisfaction of certain specified conditions.  Construction of MDS
 stations generally must be completed within one year of the date of grant of
 the conditional license. Where two or more ITFS applicants file for the same
 channels in the same geographic area, the FCC employs a set of comparative
 criteria to select among the competing applications.  Construction of ITFS
 channels generally must be completed within 18 months of the award of the
 license.  If construction is not completed in a timely manner, the license
 holder must file an extension application with the FCC.  If the extension
 application is not filed or granted, the channel license may be forfeited.
 ITFS and MDS licenses generally have terms of 10 years.  FCC rules prohibit the
 sale for profit of a MDS conditional license or of a controlling interest in
 the MDS conditional license holder prior to construction of the station or, in
 certain instances, prior to the completion of one year of operation.  The FCC,
 however, does permit the leasing of 100% of a MDS license holder's spectrum
 capacity to a third party and the granting of options to purchase a controlling
 interest in a license once the required license holding period has elapsed.

      In April 1992, the FCC imposed a freeze on the filing of applications and
 amendments to applications for new MDS licenses.  In February 1993, the FCC
 imposed a similar freeze on the filing of applications for new ITFS licenses
 and, generally, for major ITFS modifications.  Since February 1993, on a
 limited basis, the FCC has accepted applications for major ITFS modifications.
 The freezes were intended to allow time for the FCC to update its MDS and ITFS
 data bases and to allow the FCC to review and possibly modify its application
 rules related to these channels.  The freezes do not apply to the granting of
 licenses applied for prior to the freeze.  Recently, the FCC converted ITFS
 processing to a "window" filing approach in which the FCC announces five-day
 windows during which it will accept ITFS applications.  Competing applications
 filed in the same window will be processed under the existing comparative
 criteria.  A five-day window for ITFS applications was completed on October 20,
 1995.

      Recently the FCC adopted a competitive bidding (auction) mechanism for the
 award of initial licenses for MDS channels.  Auctions to award initial MDS
 licenses began on November 13, 1995.  Successful bidders will receive a blanket
 authorization to serve entire "Basic Trading Areas" or "BTAs" (as defined by
 Rand McNally) on all MDS channels.  The blanket authorization will be subject
 to the submission of applications for MDS channels demonstrating interference
 protection to the 35-mile-radius protected service areas of MDS

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
 and ITFS stations licensed, or for which there is an application for a license
 pending as of September 15, 1995.  A BTA license holder must show coverage of
 at least two-thirds of the BTA within five years of receiving the BTA
 authorization.  ITFS licenses are exempt from the auction process and
 applications for ITFS licenses are expected to continue to be awarded according
 to the FCC's existing comparative criteria.

      Applications for renewal of MDS and ITFS licenses must be filed within a
 certain period prior to the expiration of the license term, and petitions to
 deny applications for renewal may be filed during certain periods following the
 filing of such applications.  Licenses are subject to revocation or
 cancellation for violations of the Communications Act or the FCC's rules and
 policies.  Conviction of certain criminal offenses may also render a licensee
 or applicant unqualified to hold a license.  The Company's lease agreements
 with license holders typically require the license holders, at the Company's
 expense, to use their best efforts, in cooperation with the Company, to make
 various required filings with the FCC in connection with the maintenance and
 renewal of licenses.  The Company believes this reduces the likelihood that a
 license will be revoked, canceled or not renewed by the FCC.

      Wireless cable transmissions are governed by FCC regulations governing
 interference and reception quality.  These regulations specify important signal
 characteristics such as modulation (i.e., AM/FM) or encoding formats (i.e.,
 analog or digital).  Current FCC regulations require wireless cable systems to
 transmit only analog signals, although a petition is pending before the FCC to
 allow MDS and ITFS stations to employ digital formats.

      The FCC also regulates transmitter locations and signal strength.  The
 operation of a wireless cable television system requires the collocation of a
 commercially viable number of channels operating with common technical
 characteristics.  In order to commence operations in many of the Company's
 unlaunched markets, the Company has filed or will be required to file
 applications with the FCC to modify licenses for unbuilt stations.  In applying
 for these modifications, the Company must demonstrate that its proposed signal
 does not violate interference standards in the FCC-protected area of another
 wireless cable channel license holder.  A wireless cable license holder
 generally is protected from interference within 35 miles of the transmission
 site.  If such changes would cause the Company's signal to cause interference
 in the FCC- protected area of another wireless cable channel license holder,
 the Company would be required to obtain the consent of such other license
 holder; however, there can be no assurance that such consent would be received
 and the failure to receive such consent could adversely affect the Company's
 ability to serve the affected market.

      The 1992 Cable Act.  The 1992 Cable Act imposes additional regulation on
 traditional hard-wire cable operators and permits regulation of hard-wire cable
 rates in markets in which there is no "effective competition." The 1992 Cable
 Act, among other things, directs the FCC to adopt comprehensive new federal
 standards for local regulation of certain rates charged by traditional hard-
 wire cable operators.  The 1992 Cable Act also provides for deregulation of
 traditional hard-wire cable in a given market once other subscription
 television providers serve, in the aggregate, at least 15% of the cable
 franchise area.  Rates charged by wireless cable operators, typically already
 lower than traditional hard-wire cable rates, are not subject to regulation
 under the 1992 Cable Act.  Pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act, the FCC has required
 traditional hard-wire cable operators to implement rate reductions.

      The 1996 Act.  The Telecommunications Act of 1996 became law on February
 8, 1996.  A principal focus of the 1996 Act is freeing local telephone
 companies and long distance telephone companies from barriers to competing in
 each other's lines of business, and preempting State restrictions on
 competition in the provision of local telephone service.  In addition, the 1996
 Act contains provisions which amend the 1992 Cable Act and which affect
 wireless cable operators.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
      A significant potential effect on the Company of the 1996 Act may result
 from its provisions exempting traditional hardwire cable systems from rate
 regulation.  In particular, the 1996 Act will end rate regulation of all but
 basic cable service by 1999, and immediately removes virtually all rate
 regulation of "small cable operators" -- those cable systems not owned by MSOs
 and serving 50,000 or fewer subscribers. While the FCC has not yet implemented
 those provisions, the Company anticipates that cable systems in many of the
 Company's markets will qualify for small system rate deregulation.  The Company
 anticipates that some number of such cable systems will raise their service
 rates, although the Company cannot predict the number of its cable system
 competitors which will raise service rates, the timing of the rate increases or
 the amounts of the rate increases.  The Company regards the 1996 Act's rate
 deregulation of cable systems as generally positive because it can be expected
 to improve the Company's price advantages over competing cable services.

      The 1996 Act also contains provisions allowing local exchange telephone
 companies to offer cable service within their telephone service areas.  Under
 the 1992 Cable Act, exchange telephone companies were free to offer wireless
 cable service anywhere, but could offer wired cable service only outside of
 their exchange telephone areas or solely as common carriers, subject to FCC
 authorization.  The 1996 Act allows exchange telephone companies to offer video
 programming services via radio communications (such as wireless cable) without
 regulation of rates or services, to offer hardwire or fiber cable service
 channels for hire by video programmers, to offer their own hardwire or fiber
 cable service over networks with channels also available for use by other video
 program services providers under a modified regulatory scheme, and to provide
 traditional cable service subject to local franchising requirements.  The FCC
 has not yet implemented those provisions of the 1996 Act and, accordingly, it
 is difficult to predict the impact (if any) final FCC regulations with regard
 to local exchange telephone companies in these respects will have on the
 Company.

      The 1996 Act offers wireless cable operators and satellite programmers
 relief from private and local governmentally-imposed restrictions on the
 placement of receive antennas.  In some instances, wireless cable operators
 have been unable to serve areas due to laws, zoning ordinances, homeowner
 association rules or restrictive property covenants banning the erection of
 antennas on or near homes.  The 1996 Act directs the FCC to initiate
 proceedings to promulgate rules implementing Congress' intent.  The proceeding
 on wireless cable operator antenna installations has not yet commenced.
 Accordingly, the Company cannot predict if any FCC rules ultimately adopted
 will materially improve the Company's access to homes subject to antenna
 placement restrictions.

      Finally, the 1996 Cable Act requires wireless cable companies and
 traditional hardwire cable companies to "scramble" or encrypt channels which
 ordinarily carry indecent or sexually explicit adult programming.  The Company
 does not anticipate any adverse impact from that provision.

      Other Regulations.  Wireless cable license holders are subject to
 regulation by the Federal Aviation Administration with respect to the
 construction, marking and lighting of transmission towers and to certain local
 zoning regulations affecting construction of towers and other facilities.
 There may also be restrictions imposed by local authorities.  There can be no
 assurance that the Company will not be required to incur additional costs in
 complying with such regulations and restrictions.

      Due to the regulated nature of the subscription television industry, the
 Company's growth and operations may be adversely impacted by the adoption of
 new, or changes to existing, laws or regulations or the interpretations
 thereof.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
 AVAILABILITY OF PROGRAMMING

      General.  Currently, with the exception of the retransmission of local
 off-air VHF/UHF channels, programming is made available to wireless cable
 operators in accordance with contracts with program suppliers under which the
 system operator generally pays a royalty based on the number of subscribers
 receiving service each month.  Individual program pricing varies from supplier
 to supplier; however, more favorable pricing for programming is generally
 afforded to operators with larger subscriber bases.  The likelihood that
 program material will be unavailable to the Company has been significantly
 mitigated by the 1992 Cable Act and FCC regulations issued thereunder which,
 among other things, impose limits on exclusive programming contracts and
 prohibit programmers in which a cable operator has an attributable interest
 from discriminating against cable competitors with respect to the price, terms
 and conditions of the sale of programming.  Only a few of the major cable
 television programming services carried by the Company are not directly or
 indirectly owned by vertically integrated cable companies and the Company
 historically has not had difficulty in arranging satisfactory contracts for
 these services.  The Company believes that it will have access to sufficient
 programming material to enable it to provide full channel lineups in its
 markets for the foreseeable future.  Current fair access to programming rules
 imposed by the 1992 Cable Act only apply to programming owned or controlled by
 a cable company which is delivered by satellite.  Consequently, unless changed,
 any programming developed for transmission to subscribers over telephone lines,
 or any programming developed by an entity not owned or controlled by a cable
 company, is not required to be made available to wireless cable operators so
 long as the programming suppliers do not exercise undue influence to have such
 programming made unavailable.  The basic programming package offered by the
 Company's Operating Systems is comparable to that offered by the local
 traditional hard-wire cable operators in such systems' markets.  However,
 several of such local traditional hard-wire cable operators may, because of
 their greater channel capacity, currently offer more basic, enhanced basic,
 premium, pay-per-view and public access channels than are offered by the
 Company.  The Company's programming is supplied by numerous distributors.

      Copyright.  Under the federal copyright laws, permission from the
 copyright holder generally must be secured before a video program may be
 retransmitted.  Under Section 111 of the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended,
 certain "cable systems" are entitled to retransmit programming without the
 prior permission of the holders of copyrights in the programming.  In order to
 do so, a cable operator must secure a "compulsory copyright license." Cable
 operators obtain compulsory copyright licenses by filing certain reports with
 and paving certain fees to the U.S. Copyright Office.  In 1994, Congress
 enacted the Satellite Home Viewers Act of 1994 which enables operators of
 wireless cable television systems to rely on the cable compulsory copyright
 license.

      Retransmission Consent.  Under the retransmission consent provisions of
 the 1992 Cable Act, wireless cable and hard-wire cable operators seeking to
 retransmit certain commercial television broadcast signals must first obtain
 the permission of the broadcast station in order to distribute its signal.  The
 FCC has exempted wireless cable operators from the retransmission consent rules
 if the receive-site antenna is either owned by the subscriber or within the
 subscriber's control and available for purchase by the subscriber upon the
 termination of service.  In all other cases, wireless cable operators must
 obtain consent to retransmit local broadcast signals.  The Company has obtained
 such consents with respect to the Operating Systems where it is retransmitting
 local VHF/UHF channels.  Although there can be no assurance that the Company
 will be able to obtain any additional required broadcaster consents, the
 Company believes in most cases it will be able to do so for little or no
 additional cost.  Wireless cable systems, unlike hard-wire cable systems, are
 not required under the FCC's "must carry" rules to retransmit a specified
 number of television signals or qualified low power television station signals
 in their markets.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
 SUBSCRIPTION TELEVISION INDUSTRY TRENDS

      The Company's business will be affected by subscription television
 industry trends and, in order to maintain and increase its customer base in the
 years ahead, the Company will need to adapt rapidly to industry trends and
 modify its business to remain competitive.

      Pay-Per-View.  Over recent years, the subscription television industry has
 been developing a service that enables customers to order, and pay for, one
 program at a time.  This "pay-per-view" service has been successful for
 specialty events such as professional wrestling, boxing and movies.  The
 subscription television industry is promoting the pay-per-view concept for
 purchase of movies in competition with video rental stores.  Pay-per-view
 requires the customer to have an addressable converter.

      Addressability.  Beginning in the early 1980s, the cable industry began
 promoting and installing addressable converters.  These converters allow the
 cable company to remotely control the channels to which the customer has
 access.  In order for customers to most conveniently order pay-per-view
 programming, however, an impulse pay-per-view converter is required.  The
 Company believes that traditional hard-wire cable operators will need to incur
 significant cost in order to upgrade their systems to be able to offer impulse
 addressability.  An impulse pay-per-view converter, which has a return line via
 phone or cable to the cable operator's computer system, enables a customer to
 order pay-per-view events by pushing a button on a remote control rather than
 requiring the customer to make a telephone call to order an event.  Where
 sufficient channels are available, impulse pay-per-view programming may be
 purchased by the Company's subscribers who request impulse pay-per-view
 programming.

      Compression.  Several equipment manufacturers are developing digital video
 compression ("DVC") technology which would allow several programs to be carried
 in the amount of bandwidth where only one program is currently capable of being
 carried.  Manufacturers have projected varying compression ratios for future
 equipment, ranging from 4 to 1 to 10 to 1, which would increase the channels
 available on a wireless cable system using DVC technology from up to 20 to 32
 to up to 80 to 320 channels.  Due to the limited number of physical components
 of the wireless transmission system, the Company believes it will be easier for
 it to adapt to DVC than for traditional hardware cable operators.  The cost of
 such adaptation by the Company could nonetheless be substantial.  Current FCC
 regulations will have to be interpreted, modified, or waived to permit the use
 of DVC when DVC technology becomes commercially available.  A petition for that
 purpose is pending before the FCC.

      Interactivity.  Certain traditional hard-wire cable operators have
 announced their intentions to develop interactive features for use by their
 customers.  Interactivity would allow customers to utilize their television for
 two-way communications such as video games, home shopping and video-on-demand.
 Use of interactivity will likely require the development and utilzation of 
 DVC.  Wireless cable operators may be able to utilize a "return-path" frequency
 which the FCC has made available for interactive communications. The Company
 believes that the widespread commercial availability of many interactive
 products is at least several years away.

      Advertising.  Local and national advertising through various interconnects
 continues to grow as a source of revenue for cable operators.  The Company
 currently generates approximately $20,000 per year in advertising revenue and
 expects to generate additional advertising revenue as its systems grow.

 COMPETITION

      In addition to competition from traditional hard-wire cable television
 systems and other wireless cable systems, wireless cable television operators
 face competition from a number of other sources, including

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
 potential competition from emerging trends and technologies in the subscription
 television industry, some of which are described below.

      Direct-to-Home ("DTH").  DTH satellite television services originally were
 available via satellite receivers which generally employed seven to 12 foot
 dishes mounted in the yards of homes to receive television signals from
 orbiting satellites.  Prior to the implementation of encryption, these dishes
 enabled reception of any and all signals without payment of fees.  Having to
 purchase decoders and pay for programming has reduced their popularity,
 although the Company does to some degree compete with these systems in
 marketing its services.

      Direct Broadcast Satellite ("DBS").  DBS involves transmission of an
 encoded signal directly from a satellite to the customer's home.  Because the
 signal is at a higher level and frequency than most satellite- transmitted
 signals, its reception can be accomplished with a relatively small (18-inch to
 three-foot) dish mounted on a rooftop or in the yard.  In the fall of 1994,
 DirecTV, Inc. ("DirecTV") began offering nationwide DBS service capable of
 providing approximately 150 channels of programming.  The cost to a DirecTV
 customer of a DBS system to service one television set is approximately $700
 plus the cost of installation.  Primestar, which in 1994 also began offering
 nationwide DBS service capable of providing approximately 70 channels of
 programming, does not charge subscribers for equipment but does charge
 installation fees of as much as $300.  DBS providers are currently unable to
 provide locally broadcast channels as part of their service.  DBS subscribers
 also pay monthly subscription fees.  Because of the higher initial cost of DBS,
 and the generally higher income level of targeted subscribers, the Company does
 not believe that DBS is currently competitive with wireless cable television.
 However, as such costs are reduced, DBS could become competitive with wireless
 cable television.

      SMATV.   SMATV is a multi-channel subscription television service where
 the programming is received by satellite receiver and then transmitted via
 coaxial cable for wireless point-to-multipoint transmission in the 18 gigahertz
 ("GHz") band primarily to MDUs without crossing public rights of way. SMATV
 operates under agreements with a private landowner to service a specific MDU,
 commercial establishment or hotel.  SMATV operators compete with the Company
 for rights of entry into MDUs.

      Telephone Companies.  The 1996 Act contains provisions allowing local
 exchange telephone companies to offer cable service within their telephone
 service areas.  Previously, exchange telephone companies were free to offer
 wireless cable service anywhere, but could offer wire cable service only
 outside of their exchange telephone areas or solely as common carriers, subject
 to FCC authorization.  The 1996 Act allows exchange telephone companies to
 offer video programming services via radio communications (such as wireless
 cable) without regulation of rates or services, to offer hardwire or fiber
 cable service channels for hire by video programmers, to offer their own
 hardwire or fiber cable service over networks with channels also available for
 use by other video program services providers under a modified regulatory
 scheme, and to provide traditional cable service subject to local franchising
 requirements.  Several telephone companies have offered hardwire cable plant to
 third parties, and additional telephone companies have announced plans to build
 such plants.  Whether those efforts will continue under the regulatory scheme
 implementing the 1996 Act cannot now be known.  In addition, Bell Atlantic,
 NYNEX and Pacific Telesis have acquired interests in wireless cable operations,
 either through investments in existing enterprises or through the purchase of
 wireless cable systems.  Other companies, including Ameritech, have taken the
 traditional cable approach, and are seeking franchises from local authorities
 to provide competitive cable services.  The FCC has not yet implemented those
 provisions of the 1996 Act and, accordingly, it is difficult to predict the
 extent to which those provisions will lead to the development of exchange
 telephone company provision of cable services.

      Local Off-Air VHF/UHF Broadcasts; LPTV.  Local off-air VHF/UHF broadcasts
 (such as ABC, NBC, CBS and Fox) provide free programming to the public.  In
 some areas, low power television ("LPTV")

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
 stations authorized by the FCC are used to provide subscription or free
 television service to the public. LPTV transmits on conventional broadcast
 frequencies.  The principal difference between LPTV and full-powered television
 is that LPTV is restricted to very low power levels, which limits the area
 where a high-quality signal can be received.  In addition, LPTV stations are
 not permitted to cause interference to full-power television reception.

      Local Multi-Point Distribution Service ("LMDS").  In 1993, the FCC
 initially proposed to redesignate the 28 GHz band to create a new video
 programming delivery service referred to as LMDS.  In July 1995, the FCC
 proposed to award licenses in each of 493 BTAs pursuant to auctions.
 Sufficient spectrum for up to 49 analog channels has been designated for the
 LMDS service.  The FCC has not determined how many licenses it will award in
 each BTA.  Final rules for LMDS have not been established.  Auctions are not
 expected to begin any earlier than 1996.

      Video Stores.  Retail stores rent VCRs and/or video tapes, and are a major
 participant in the television program delivery industry.  According to Paul
 Kagan Associates, Inc., as of the end of 1994 there were over 75.5 million
 households with VCRs in the United States.

 ITEM 2.        PROPERTIES.

      The Company leases approximately 2,500 square feet of office space for its
 corporate headquarters in Baton Rouge, Louisiana under a lease that expires on
 April 30, 1997.  The Company pays approximately $25,000 per annum for such
 space.  On December 17, 1995, the Company entered into a five-year lease for
 approximately 15,700 square feet for its new corporate headquarters in Baton
 Rouge.  Annual base lease payments will be approximately $115,000 during the
 first three years and approximately $122,000 in the remaining two final years.
 The Company has the option to renew this lease at the end of the first five-
 year term for two additional five-year terms on similar terms and conditions.
 The Company expects to move into its new corporate headquarters in May, 1996.
 The Company will not incur any payments or penalties in connection with the
 early termination of its existing lease.

      The Company leases additional office space for the Operating Systems and
 will, in the future, purchase or lease additional office space in other
 locations where it launches additional systems.  In addition to office space,
 the Company also leases space on transmission towers located in its various
 markets.  The Company believes that office space and space on transmission
 towers is readily available on acceptable terms in the markets where the
 Company intends to operate wireless cable systems.

 Item 3.        Legal Proceedings.

      The Company is a party to certain legal actions arising in the ordinary
 course of its business.  Based on information presently available to the
 Company, the Company believes that it has adequate legal defenses or insurance
 coverage for these actions, and that the ultimate outcome of these actions will
 not have a material adverse effect on the Company.



 ITEM 4.        SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS.
 
      On October 18, 1995, stockholders representing 3,361,538 shares of the
 3,461,538 of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding (approximately 97%)
 approved, at a duly convened special meeting of stockholders of the Company,
 the adoption of the Company's 1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan and
 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
 ITEM 4A.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      The information under this Item is furnished pursuant to Instruction 3 to
 Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.  Executive officers of the Company are elected
 by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

      HANS J. STERNBERG has been Chairman of the Company since its founding in
 June 1995 and as Chairman of the Board of Old Wireless One since its founding
 in 1993.  He has also served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
 Starmount Life Insurance Company ("Starmount") since 1983.  He is a former
 owner and President and Chief Executive Officer of Maison Blanche Department
 Stores, a chain of 24 department stores which had annual revenues of
 approximately $480 million prior to its 1992 sale.  He invested in cellular
 telephone in the early 1980s, began in cable television in 1972 as a founding
 partner and director of Cablesystems of Hammond, Inc., and later helped found
 Cablesystems of Alabama, Inc.  He was an owner and a director of radio stations
 WQXY, KQXY, WLCS and WWUN.  Mr. Sternberg graduated from Princeton University
 in 1957.  Mr. Sternberg is 60 years old.

      SEAN E. REILLY has served as Chief Executive Officer, President, and
 director of the Company since its founding in June 1995 and as Chief Executive
 Officer and President of Old Wireless One since its founding in late 1993.
 Prior to joining Old Wireless One, Mr. Reilly served as Vice-President of Real
 Estate/Mergers and Acquisitions for Lamar Advertising Company ("Lamar"), an
 outdoor advertising company, and continues to serve as a member of the Lamar
 board of directors.  Mr. Reilly served in the Louisiana Legislature as a State
 Representative from March 1988 to January 1996.  Mr. Reilly graduated from
 Harvard University in 1984 and from Harvard Law School in 1989.  Mr. Reilly is
 34 years old.

      ALTON C. RYE became Senior Vice President--Operations of the Company in
 August 1995.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rye served as Vice President--
 Operations for Sammons Communications, Inc. ("Sammons"), of Dallas, Texas,
 which is the twelfth largest cable television company in the United States,
 from August 1993 to August 1995 and was responsible for Sammons' largest
 operating division, which serviced approximately 350,000 subscribers.  From May
 1988 to August 1993, Mr. Rye served as Vice President--Finance, Chief Financial
 Officer and Treasurer of Sammons.  Mr. Rye received a B.S. in Accounting from
 Arkansas Tech University in 1965.  Mr. Rye is 52 years old.

      J. ROBERT GARY became Senior Vice President--Chief Financial Officer of
 the Company in September 1995.  Prior to joining the Company and since 1992,
 Mr. Gary served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
 Operating Officer of Greentree Software Inc., a publicly-traded software
 company located in Marlboro, Massachusetts.  From 1990 through 1992,  Mr. Gary
 was Vice President -Business Manager of Simon & Schuster, Inc.'s Trade
 Division.  Mr. Gary received a B.B.A. in Accounting from North Texas State
 University in 1977.  Mr. Gary is 41 years old.

      WILLIAM C. NORRIS, JR. PH.D. has served as Senior Vice President--System
 Launches and Secretary of the Company since its founding in June 1995 and as
 Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of Old Wireless One since its founding in
 1993.  Prior to working at Old Wireless One, he developed cable systems in
 Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama over a 25-year period. He was an
 investor in, and functioned as the Chief Executive Officer of, those systems.
 He is a board member and stockholder in the Baton Rouge Cellular Telephone
 Company. A native of Louisiana, he earned a PhD in Telecommunications from the
 University of Southern California in 1971. Mr. Norris is 61 years old.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

 ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

      The Common Stock is quoted through the Nasdaq National Market under the
 symbol "WIRL."  The Common Stock commenced trading on October 19, 1995.  The
 following table sets forth on a per share basis, the high and low closing sale
 prices per share for the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market
 for the period from October 19, 1995 through the end of the fourth quarter of
 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                   HIGH    LOW
                                  ------  ------
 
<S> <C>                           <C>     <C>
    Fourth Quarter 1995           
    (beginning October 19, 1995)   18 1/8  11 3/8
 
</TABLE>

      As of the close of business on March 21, 1996, there were approximately 81
 holders of record of Common Stock.  The Company believes that it has a
 significantly larger number of beneficial holders.

      The Company does not presently intend to pay any cash dividends on the
 Common Stock in the foreseeable future.  Furthermore, as a holding company, the
 ability of the Company to pay dividends in the future is dependent upon the
 receipt of dividends or other payments from its operating subsidiaries.  The
 Indenture  (the "Indenture") pursuant to which the Company's 13% Senior Notes
 due 2003 (the "Senior Notes") were issued prohibits the Company from making any
 cash dividends on the Common Stock unless, after giving effect to such
 dividend, (i) no default or event of default shall have occurred or be
 continuing under the Indenture, (ii) the Company could incur $1.00 of
 additional indebtedness under the terms of the Indenture and (iii) the
 aggregate amount of such dividends, when added together with all Restricted
 Payments (as defined in the Indenture) declared or made after the date of the
 Indenture does not exceed the sum of (a) an amount equal to the Company's
 cumulative operating cash flow less 2.0 times the Company's cumulative
 consolidated interest expense, and (b) the aggregate net cash proceeds received
 after the date of the Indenture by the Company from capital contributions or
 from the issuance or sale of capital stock or options, warrants or rights to
 purchase capital stock.  As of December 31, 1995, the Company would not have
 been permitted to declare any cash dividends on its Common Stock under this
 provision.

 ITEM 6.        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

      The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of December
 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the period from February 4, 1993 (inception) to
 December 31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 were derived
 from the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries,
 which financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
 independent certified public accountants.  The consolidated financial
 statements as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for the period from February
 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994
 and 1995, and the report thereon, are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  On
 October 18, 1995, the Company acquired the Heartland Division in exchange for
 approximately 3.5 million shares of Common Stock and $10 million in notes,
 which were repaid from the proceeds of the Company's recently completed
 offerings.  As a result, the statement of operations data for the year ended
 December 31, 1995 includes the operating results of the Company for the period
 from January 1, 1995 through October 18, 1995 and the combined operating
 results of the Company and the Heartland Division for the period from October
 19, 1995 through December 31, 1995.  This selected consolidated financial data
 should be read in conjunction with

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations" and the financial statements (including the notes thereto) of the
 Company contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         PERIOD FROM        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      FEBRUARY 4, 1993      -----------------------
                                                       (INCEPTION) TO
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1993              1994            1995
                                                      -----------------   -------------  ------------ 


<S>                                                   <C>                <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
   Total revenues....................................        $ -          $   380,077   $  1,343,969
                                                          ------------    -----------   ------------

   Operating expenses:
      Systems operations.............................           24,429        274,886        841,819
      Selling, general and administrative expenses...          110,281      1,800,720      4,431,839
      Depreciation and amortization..................           27,489        413,824      1,783,066
                                                              --------      ---------      ---------
   Total operating expenses..........................          162,199      2,489,430      7,056,724
                                                              --------      ---------      ---------
   Operating loss....................................         (162,199)    (2,109,353)    (5,712,755)
   Interest expense and other, net...................             (411)      (152,460)    (1,979,719)
                                                              ---------     ---------      ---------
   Net loss..........................................        $(162,610)   $(2,261,813)   $(7,692,474)
   Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion..                -              -       (786,389)
   Net loss applicable to common stockP..............        $(162,610)   $(2,261,813)   $(8,478,863)
                                                             =========    ===========    ============
   Net loss per common share.........................           $(0.30)        $(1.21)        $(2.02)
   Weighted average common shares outstanding........          538,127      1,863,512      4,187,736

                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                               1993           1994          1995
                                                             ---------    -----------   ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
   Working capital (deficit).........................        $  57,786    $(1,537,244)  $122,084,511(1)
   Total assets......................................          514,223      8,914,224    213,799,874
   Current portion of long-term debt.................            4,714      1,457,295        376,780
   Long-term debt....................................           14,903      2,839,602    150,871,267
   Total stockholders' equity........................          458,370      4,343,713     55,649,687
 ___________________
</TABLE>
 (1) Includes approximately $17,638,000 of funds held in escrow to be used to
     pay interest on the Senior Notes due in 1996 and approximately $3,683,000
     of interest accrued thereon.

 ITEM 7.        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

      The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial
 statements (including the notes thereto) included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 OVERVIEW

      The Company develops, owns and operates wireless cable television systems.
 The Company has targeted small to mid-size markets, located in Texas,
 Louisiana, Tennessee, Alabama, Georgia and Florida, with approximately 25% to
 35% of the households not currently passed by traditional hard-wire cable
 systems.  The Company currently has Operating Systems located in Brenham,
 Bryan/College Station, Milano and Wharton, Texas; Bunkie, Lafayette, Monroe and
 Lake Charles, Louisiana; Gainesville, Panama City and Pensacola, Florida;
 Jeffersonville, Georgia and Tullahoma, Tennessee.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
      Since inception, the Company has sustained substantial net losses, due
 primarily to start-up costs, interest expense and charges for depreciation and
 amortization of capital expenditures to develop its wireless cable systems, and
 has incurred negative cash flow.  At December 31, 1995, none of the Operating
 Systems had positive cash flow from operations, primarily as a result of their
 early stages of development.  In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company
 disconnected a number of its Milano System subscribers for nonpayment.
 Consequently, the Milano System is no longer generating positive cash flow.
 The Company expects to replace such subscribers over the next six months.
 There can be no assurance that any system or the Company as a whole will
 generate positive cash flow.  The Company expects to continue to experience
 negative cash flow through at least the third quarter of 1997, and may continue
 to do so thereafter while it develops and expands its wireless cable systems,
 even if individual systems of the Company become profitable and generate
 positive cash flow.

 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SINCE INCEPTION

      The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 were prepared based on the historical results of the Company for the
 period from February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993, and the years
 ended December 31, 1994 and 1995.  On October 18, 1995, the Company acquired
 the Heartland Division in exchange for approximately $3.5 million shares of
 Common Stock and $10 million in notes, which were repaid from the proceeds of
 the Company's recently completed offerings.  As a result, the results of
 operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes the operating results
 of the Company for the period from January 1, 1995 through October 18, 1995 and
 the combined operating results of the Company and the Heartland Division for
 the period from October 19, 1995 through December 31, 1995. Period-to-period
 comparisons of the Company's financial results are not necessarily meaningful
 and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance due to the
 acquisition of the Heartland Division and the development of the Company's
 business and system launches during the periods presented.

      Historically, the Company subscribers have been located in single-family
 homes.  The number of subscribers located in multiple-dwelling units ("MDUs")
 in the Operating Systems increased as a percentage of total subscribers from
 approximately 1.5% at December 31, 1994 to approximately 1.9% at December 31,
 1995.  MDU subscribers typically generate lower per subscriber revenue than
 single-family units.

     The table below sets forth for each of the Operating Systems the later of
 the date of launch or acquisition by the Company and the approximate number of
 subscribers at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and February 29, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             APPROXIMATE         APPROXIMATE         APPROXIMATE
                                                            LAUNCH OR       SUBSCRIBERS AT      SUBSCRIBERS AT      SUBSCRIBERS AT
MARKET                                                  ACQUISITION DATE  DECEMBER 31, 1994   DECEMBER 31, 1995   FEBRUARY 29, 1996
- ------                                                  ----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------


<S>                                                     <C>               <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Brenham, Tx.............................                February 1996                -                  -                 126
Bryan/College Station, Tx...............                May 1995                     -              1,445               1,809
Milano, Tx(1)...........................                October 1995                 -              1,297               1,428
Wharton, Tx.............................                June 1994                1,401              1,579               1,768
Bunkie, La..............................                December 1995                -                 62                 463
Lafayette, La(2)........................                January 1994               500                593                 610
Lake Charles, La(2).....................                April 1994                 603                487                 476
Monroe, La(3)...........................                October 1995                 -                829               1,045
Gainesville, Fl.........................                January 1996                 -                  -                 100
Panama City, Fl.........................                September 1995               -                442               1,039

</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                             APPRIXIMATE         APPROXIMATE         APPROXIMATE
                                                            LAUNCH          SUBSCRIBERS AT      SUBSCRIBERS AT      SUBSCRIBERS AT
MARKET                                                   ACQUISTION DATE   DECEMBER 31, 1994   DECEMBER 31. 1995   FEBRUARY 29, 1996
- ------                                                  ----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Pensacola, Fl..........................                     July 1995                  -                 658               1,086

Jeffersonville, Ga.....................                    March 1996                  -                   -                   -

Tullahoma, Tn..........................                   November 1995                -                 133                 422
                                                                                   -----               -----              ------
     TOTAL.............................                                            2,054               7,525              10,372
                                                                                   =====               =====              ======
___________________
</TABLE>

 (1) The Milano System was acquired by the Company from  Heartland in October
     1995.
 (2) The Company is not actively marketing, and does not currently intend to
     actively market, its service in the Lafayette and Lake Charles markets
     until an increase in the channel offering is achieved, which the Company
     expects to occur within 3 months from the date hereof .
 (3) The Monroe System was acquired by the Company from Heartland in October
     1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revenue Information
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 --------------------------
                                                                        APPROXIMATE
                                                                      AVERAGE REVENUE
                                                                     PER SUBSCRIBER AT
                                   1993     1994       1995          DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                 --------- -------- ------------     ------------------
<S>                                 <C>     <C>        <C>                   <C>
SUBSCRIPTION REVENUES:
   Brenham, Tx...................    $   -   $     -   $       -             $  -(1)
   Bryan/College Station, Tx.....        -         -     185,195              33.70
   Milano, Tx....................        -         -      89,798              31.40
   Wharton, Tx...................        -   159,507     620,650              35.90
   Bunkie, La....................        -         -         554                -(2)
   Lafayette, La.................        -    46,057     125,727              22.60
   Lake Charles, La..............        -    48,739     182,760              30.10
   Monroe, La....................        -         -      66,124              27.40
   Gainesville, Fl...............        -         -           -                -(1)
   Panama City, Fl...............        -         -      11,644              31.90
   Pensacola, Fl.................        -         -      59,814              37.50
   Jeffersonville, Ga............        -         -           -                -(1)
   Tullahoma, Tn.................        -         -       1,703                -(2)
                                     -----  --------  ----------
          TOTAL                      $   -  $254,303  $1,343,969
                                     =====  ========  ==========
____________
</TABLE>
 (1)  Operating System not launched at December 31, 1995.
 (2)  Number not meaningful due to timing of subscribers being put on service.


           Revenues.  The Company had no operating revenues for the period from
 February 4, 1993 (inception)  through December 31, 1993.  The Company revenues
 for the year ended December 31, 1994 were $380,077.   Subscription revenues
 from new subscribers totaled $255,547 or 67% of revenues.  Equipment sales and
 other

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
 revenues accounted for $103,837 and $20,693, respectively, in 1994. All
 revenues were related to the Lafayette, Lake Charles and Wharton Systems, each
 of which was launched during 1994.

           For the year ended December 31, 1995 revenues, which were all
 subscription revenues, were $1,343,969. The increase in subscription revenues
 of $1,089,666 or 428% over 1994 was primarily attributable to the acquisition
 of the Heartland Division in October 1995, the launch of the Bryan/College
 Station and Pensacola Systems and the increase in revenues in the Company's
 existing Operating Systems. This increase in revenues from existing Operating
 Systems was primarily due to the Wharton and Lake Charles Systems being
 operational for 12 months in 1995 versus seven and eight months, respectively,
 for 1994, and an increase in average monthly subscribers in 1995 over 1994 for
 the Lafayette System.

           Systems Operations Expense. Systems operations expense includes
 programming costs, channel lease payments, tower site rentals and repair and
 maintenance. Programming costs (with the exception of minimum payments) and
 channel lease payments (with the exception of certain fixed payments for both
 operating and non-operating markets) are variable expenses which increase as
 the number of subscribers increases. The Company incurred $24,429 of systems
 operations expense during 1993, primarily representing channel lease expense.
 For 1994, the Company incurred $274,886 of systems operations expense. The
 increase from 1993 to 1994 is attributable to 11 additional months of operation
 in 1994.
 
      For the year ended December 31, 1995, systems operations expense amounted
 to $841,819 as compared to $274,886 for the prior-year period. The increase was
 primarily attributable to the increase in the number of subscribers and new
 market launches.

       SG&A Expense. The Company has experienced increasing SG&A since its
 inception as a result of its increasing wireless cable activities and
 associated administrative costs, including costs related to opening and
 maintaining additional offices and additional compensation expense. SG&A
 increased from $110,281 in 1993 to $1,800,720 in 1994, primarily due to a
 longer operating period in 1994. For the year ended December 31, 1995, SG&A was
 $4,431,839 as compared to $1,800,720 for the prior period. The $2,631,119
 increase is due primarily to increases in personnel costs, advertising and
 marketing expenses and other overhead expenses required to support the
 expansion of the Company's operations.

       Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization
 expense includes depreciation of systems and equipment and amortization of
 channel right and organizational costs. Depreciation and amortization expense
 for 1994 amounted to $413,824 as compared to the partial year 1993 of $27,489.
                                                                               
      For the year ended December 31, 1995, depreciation and amortization
 expense totaled $1,783,066 compared to $413,824 for the same period in 1994.
 The increase was primarily attributable to additional costs incurred by the
 Company through its acquisition of the Heartland Division and development and
 implementation of the Company's operating plan.
                                                
      Interest Income. Interest income includes amounts earned on the Company's
 cash equivalents and the escrowed funds required to cover the first three
 years' interest payments as required by the terms of the Indenture relating to
 the Senior Notes. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company had earned
 $1,473,432 on its cash equivalents and $550,684 from the escrowed funds.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense incurred during 1993 and 1994 amounted
 to $411 and $171,702, respectively. During 1994, the Company established a $3.0
 million revolving credit facility from a bank secured by subscription
 receivables. The revolving credit facility accounted for $52,485 of interest
 expense in 1994. The outstanding balance on the facility at December 31, 1994
 amounted to $1.1 million.
 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
Additionally, the Company has two discount notes that relate to the acquisition
of channel rights in Pensacola and Panama City, Florida. The discount notes have
a face value of $3.7 million and are due in installments through 1997. Interest
expense related to the notes during 1994 amounted to $104,767. Finally, the
subsidiary of the Company that owns and operates the Bryan/College Station
System has outstanding a $150,000 convertible debenture that bears interest at
the prime rate. The debenture is convertible at the option of the holder into a
20% minority interest in such subsidiary and is callable at a fixed price.
 
     On an aggregate basis, for the year ended December 31, 1995, interest
expense totaled $4,070,184. The revolving credit facility was repaid in full
from the proceeds of the private placement of redeemable convertible preferred
stock in April 1995. Interest expense of $41,858 was incurred in 1995 for this
revolving credit facility. In October 1995, the Company issued the Senior Notes
with an aggregate principle amount of $150,000,000. At December 31, 1995,
interest expense of $3,683,333 had been accrued for the Senior Notes. Interest
expense for the two discount notes described above was $289,170 for the year
ended December 31, 1995. Interest expense on the convertible debenture described
above related to the Bryan/College Station System was $13, 046 for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

     Net Loss. During 1993, the Company had no revenues and incurred a loss of
$162,610, primarily due to SG&A. During 1994, the Company had total revenues of
$380,077 and an operating loss of $2,109,353. The net loss for the Company
during 1994 amounted to $2,261,813. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the
Company had an operating loss of $5,712,755 on total revenues of $1,343,969. The
net loss for the Company during 1995 amounted to $7,699,474.

                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

      The wireless cable television business is a capital intensive business.
 The Company's operations require substantial amounts of capital for (i) the
 installation of equipment at subscribers' location, (ii) the construction of
 additional transmission and headend facilities and related equipment purchases,
 (iii) the funding of start-up losses and other working capital requirements,
 (iv) the acquisition of additional wireless cable channel rights and systems
 and (v) investments in, and, maintenance of, vehicles and administrative
 offices. Since inception, the Company has expended funds to lease or otherwise
 acquire channel rights in various markets, to construct or acquire its
 Operating Systems, to commence construction of operating systems in different
 markets and to finance initial operating losses.

       In order to finance the expansion of its Operating Systems and finance
 the launch of additional markets, in October 1995, the Company consummated its
 initial public offering of 3,450,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value,
 (the "Common Stock") at $10.50 per share (the "Common Stock Offering"). The
 Company received approximately $32.3 million in net proceeds from the Common
 Stock Offering. Concurrent with the Common Stock Offering, the Company issued
 150,000 units (the "Units") consisting of $150 million aggregate principal
 amount of Senior Notes and 450,000 warrants to purchase an equal number of
 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.55 per share to the initial
 purchasers (the "Unit Offering" and together with the Common Stock Offering,
 the "Offerings"). The Company placed approximately $53.2 million of the
 approximately $143.8 million of net proceeds realized from the sale of the
 Units into an escrow account to cover the first three years' interest payments
 as required by terms of the Indenture. Additionally, in April 1995, the Company
 completed a private placement of 14,781.75 shares of redeemable convertible
 preferred stock, receiving net proceeds of approximately $13.8 million. Such
 preferred stock was converted into Common Stock at the time of the Common Stock
 Offering.

       The Indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued contains
 representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events
 of default customary for financing of this type. As of December 31, 1995, the
 Company was in compliance with all covenants in the Indenture.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
      The Company made capital expenditures of approximately $9.8 million and
 $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 These expenditures primarily related to the acquisition of equipment in certain
 of the Company's operating markets, as well as those markets under construction
 or near-term launches. In addition, in October 1995, the Company acquired the
 Heartland Division in exchange for approximately 3.5 million shares of Common
 Stock and $10 million in notes, which were repaid from the proceeds of the
 Offerings. The Company estimates that approximately $38.8 million in capital
 expenditures will be required in 1996 to continue to fund growth in the
 Operating Systems and the systems under construction and to complete the
 construction and finance the addition of subscribers to 12 additional markets.

      At March 13, 1996, the Company had commitments to purchase approximately
$6.2 million in equipment for existing and future markets, primarily for set-top
converters and headend equipment. 
 
     The Company has experienced negative cash flow from operations in each year
since its formation, and the Company expects to continue to experience negative
consolidated cash flow from operations due to operating costs associated with
system development and costs associated with expansion and acquisition
activities. Until sufficient cash flow is generated from operations, the Company
will be required to utilize its current capital resources or external sources of
funding to satisfy its capital needs. The Company currently believes that the
aggregate net proceeds from the Company's Offerings will be sufficient to meet
its expected capital needs at least over the next twelve months.

     Subject to the limitations of the Company's Indenture relating to the
Senior Notes, in order to accelerate its growth rate and to finance general
corporate activities and the launch or build-out of additional systems, the
Company may supplement its existing sources of funding with financing
arrangements at the operating system level or through additional borrowings, the
sale of additional debt or equity securities, including a sale to a strategic
investor, joint ventures or other arrangements, if such financing is available
to the Company on satisfactory terms.

     As a result of the Unit Offering, and the possible incurrence of additional
indebtedness, the Company will be required to satisfy certain debt service
requirements. Following the disbursement of all of the funds in the escrow
account in October 1998, a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow will
be devoted to debt service on the Senior Notes and the ability of the Company to
make payments of principal and interest will be largely dependent upon its
future performance. Many factors, some of which will be beyond the Company's
control (such as prevailing economic conditions), may affect its performance.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate sufficient
cash flow to cover required interest and principal payments when due on the
Senior Notes or other indebtedness of the Company. If the Company is unable to
meet interest and principal payments in the future, it may, depending upon the
circumstances which then exist, seek additional equity or debt financing,
attempt to refinance its existing indebtedness or sell all or part of its
business or assets to raise funds to repay its indebtedness. The incurrence of
additional indebtedness is restricted by the Indenture.

     In managing its wireless cable assets, the Company may, at its option,
exchange or trade existing wireless cable channel rights for channel rights in
markets that have a greater strategic value to the Company. The Company
continually evaluates opportunities to acquire, either directly or indirectly
through the acquisition of other entities, wireless cable channel rights. There
is no assurance that the Company will not pursue any such opportunities that may
utilize capital currently expected to be available for its current markets.
 

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
                     RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

           The Company does not believe the adoption in 1996 of Statement of
 Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
 Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," will have a
 significant effect on its financial position or results of operations.

           The Company does not plan to adopt the fair value-based measurement
 methodology for employee stock options contemplated by Statement of Financial
 Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation."
 Accordingly, this standard is not expected to have a significant effect on the
 Company's financial position or results of operations.

 ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

    The information required by Item 8 is set forth on pages F-1 through F-18 of
    this Form 10-K. The Company is not required to provide the supplementary
    financial information required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K.

 ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
            FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

    None.


                                    PART III

 ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

           Information with respect to Directors of the Company is set forth in
 the Proxy Statement under the heading "Election of Directors," which
 information is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the
 executive officers of the Company is included as Item 4A of Part I of this Form
 10-K as permitted by Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.
 Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is set forth in the Proxy
 Statement under the heading "Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities
 Exchange Act of 1934," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

           Information with respect to executive compensation is set forth in
 the Proxy Statement under the heading "Compensation of Executive Officers,"
 which information is incorporated herein by reference (except for the
 Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation and the Performance
 Graph).

 ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

           Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial
 owners and management is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading
 "Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock," which information is incorporated
 herein by reference.

 ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

           Information with respect to certain relationships and related
 transactions is set forth in the Proxy Statements under the headings "Election
 of Directors -- Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
 Participation" and "Election of Directors -- Certain Relationships and Related
 Transactions," which information is incorporated herein by reference.


                                    PART IV

 ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

        (a)  The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
            1. Financial Statements.  The following consolidated financial
               statements of the Company and the report ofthe independent 
               auditors thereon, are included in this Form 10-K on pages F-1
               through F-18:     
 
                Independent Auditors' Report
                Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995
                Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from 
                  February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and
                  the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
                Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the period
                  from February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and
                  the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from 
                  February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and
                  the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
            2.  Financial Statement Schedules.  The following financial 
                statement schedule of the Company for the period from 
                February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and the 
                years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 is included in
                this Form 10-K on page S-1.
 
 
 
               SCHEDULE NO.               DESCRIPTION              PAGE NO.
               ------------               -----------              --------
               Schedule II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts     S-1
 
               All other financial statement schedules have been omitted
               because they are inapplicable or the required information is
               included or incorporated by reference elsewhere herein.
 
            3. Exhibits.  The Company will furnish to any eligible stockholder,
               upon written request of such stockholder, a copy of any exhibit
               listed below upon the payment of a reasonable fee equal to the 
               Company's expenses in furnishing such exhibit.             
 
 
 
 

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
  EXHIBIT
  NO.                        EXHIBIT
- ----------                   --------                     


  2.1    Contribution Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated  
         October 18, 1995, among, inter alia, the Company, Wireless One 
         Operating Company and its former stockholders and Heartland.(1)
  
  2.2    Escrow Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, among the parties to Exhibit 
         2.1.(1)                                      
  
  3.1(i) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(2)
 
  3.1(ii)By-Laws of the Company.(2)
 
  4.1    1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan of the Company.(1)+
 
  4.2    1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan of the Company.(1)+
 
  4.3    Warrant Agreement, dated October 18, 1995, between the Company and
         Gerard Klauer Mattison & Co., LLC (including form of warrant 
         certificate).(1)                              
 
  4.4    Registration Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, among the Company,
         Heartland and the former stockholders of Wireless One Operating
         Company.(1)   

 4.5     Stockholders Agreement, dated October 18, 1995, among the Company,
         Heartland and certain former stockholders of Wireless One Operating 
         Company.(1)   
 
 4.6     Indenture, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and United 
         States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee.(1) 
 
 4.7     Warrant Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and 
         United States Trust Company of New York, as Warrant Agent.(1)
 
 4.9     Unit Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and
         United States Trust Company of New York, as Unit Agent and Warrant
         Agent.(1)

10.1     Standard forms of MDS License Agreement of the Company.(2)

10.2     Standard forms of ITFS License Agreement of the Company.(2)

21.1     Subsidiaries of the Company.

24.1     Powers of Attorney.
___________

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
           (1)  Incorporated herein by reference to the same numbered exhibit to
                the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September
                30, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-26836).

           (2)  Incorporated herein by reference to the same numbered exhibit to
                the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission
                File No. 33-94942), as declared effective by the Commission on
                October 18, 1995.

            +   Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or
                arrangement required to be filed with this Form 10-K pursuant to
                Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

          None.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

           Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
 Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
 on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 28th day
 of March, 1996.

                                         WIRELESS ONE, INC.
 
 
                                         By      /s/ Sean E. Reilly
                                           ----------------------------------
                                                    Sean E. Reilly
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
 report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
 registrant in the capacities indicated on this 28th day of March, 1996.


       SIGNATURE                             CAPACITY
      ----------                             --------                     
 
 /s/ Sean E. Reilly         President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
- -----------------------     (Principal Executive Officer)
     Sean E. Reilly             
 
  /s/ J. Robert Gary        Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
- -----------------------     (Principal Financial Officer)
      J. Robert Gary            
 
 /s/ Michael C. Ellis       Vice President and Controller (Principal
- -----------------------     Accounting Officer)
     Michael C. Ellis
 
         *                 Director
- -----------------------
  Hans J. Sternberg
 
         *                  Director
- -----------------------
   James J. Collis
 
         *                  Director
- -----------------------
   William K. Luby
 
         *                  Director
- -----------------------
   J.R. Holland, Jr.
 
         *                  Director
- -----------------------
   Daniel L. Shimer
 

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
- ---------------------   Director
    David E. Webb
- ----------------------                                                          


      * The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this
        Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the Powers of Attorney executed
        by the above-named Officers and Directors of the Company and filed with
        the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of such Officers and
        Directors.



 By        /s/ Sean E. Reilly
    -----------------------------------                                 
      Sean E. Reilly, Attorney-in-Fact

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                                                      SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                 NUMBERED
NUMBER                                  EXHIBIT                                           PAGE
- -------                                --------                                       -------------

   <S>                                                                                     <C>
    2.1  Contribution Agreement and Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
         October 18, 1995, among, inter alia, the Company, Wireless One
         Operating Company and its former stockholders and Heartland                       (1)
 
 
    2.2  Escrow Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, among the parties to
         Exhibit 2.1                                                                       (1)
 
3.1(i)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company                  (2)

3.1(ii)  By-Laws of the Company                                                            (2)

    4.1  1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan of the Company+                         (1)

    4.2  1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan of the Company+                                 (1)

    4.3  Warrant Agreement, dated October 18, 1995, between the Company and
         Gerard Klauer Mattison & Co., LLC (including form of warrant
         certificate)                                                                      (1)
 
 
    4.4  Registration Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, among the Company,
         Heartland and the former stockholders of Wireless One Operating
         Company                                                                           (1)
 
 
    4.5  Stockholders Agreement, dated October 18, 1995, among the Company,
         Heartland and certain former stockholders of Wireless One Operating
         Company                                                                           (1)
 
 
    4.6  Indenture, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and United
         States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee                                      (1)
 
    4.7  Warrant Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and
         United States Trust Company of New York, as Warrant Agent                         (1)
 
    4.9  Unit Agreement, dated October 24, 1995, between the Company and
         United States Trust Company of New York, as Unit Agent and Warrant
         Agent                                                                             (1)
 
 
   10.1  Standard forms of MDS License Agreement of the Company                            (2)

   10.2  Standard forms of ITFS License Agreement of the Company                           (2)

   21.1  Subsidiaries of the Company

   24.1  Powers of Attorney

</TABLE> 

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
 (1) Incorporated herein by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the
     Company's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995
     (Commission File No. 0-26836).

 (2) Incorporated herein by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the
     Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-
     94942), as declared effective by the Commission on October 18, 1995.

  +  Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required
     to be filed with this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                       Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1994 and 1995


                   With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon
<PAGE>
 
                          Independent Auditors' Report
                          ----------------------------


The Board of Directors
Wireless One, Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wireless One,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the period from February 4, 1993 (inception) through December 31, 1993 and the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995.  In connection with our audits of the
consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement
schedule as listed in the accompanying index.  These consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Wireless One, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from February 4, 1993 (inception)
through December 31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  Also in our opinion,
the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.


                                                   KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


New Orleans, Louisiana
March 22, 1996



                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                          Consolidated Balance Sheets

                           December 31, 1994 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
   Assets                                                              1994          1995
   -----                                                           ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents                                          $    24,481   110,380,329
 Marketable investment securities - restricted (note 3)                       -    17,637,839
 Subscriber receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
  $4,000 and $73,641 in 1994 and 1995, respectively                     110,219       143,633
 Accrued interest and other receivables                                   3,450       405,241
 Prepaid expenses                                                        55,515       796,389
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
Total current assets                                                    193,665   129,363,431
 
Property and equipment, net (note 4)                                  3,078,523    14,266,755
Leased license investment, net of accumulated amortization of
 $230,902 and $548,283 in 1994 and 1995, respectively                 5,540,036    26,724,238
Marketable investment securities - restricted (note 3)                        -    35,755,505
Other assets (note 5)                                                   102,000     7,689,945
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
                                                                    $ 8,914,224   213,799,874
                                                                    ===========   ===========
   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
   ------------------------------------                           
 
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable                                                       228,835     2,356,707
 Accrued expenses                                                        44,779       862,100
 Accrued interest                                                             -     3,683,333
 Current maturities of long-term debt (note 6)                        1,457,295       376,780
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
Total current liabilities                                             1,730,909     7,278,920
 
Long-term debt (note 6)                                               2,839,602   150,871,267
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
                                                                      4,570,511   158,150,187
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value; 15,000
 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding (note 8)                  -             -
 
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,
  no shares issued or outstanding                                             -             -
 Common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized,
  2,013,950 and 13,498,752 shares issued and outstanding in
  1994 and 1995, respectively                                            20,139       134,988
 Additional paid-in capital                                           9,979,861    65,631,596
 Subscriptions receivable                                            (3,231,864)            -
 Accumulated deficit                                                 (2,424,423)  (10,116,897)
                                                                    -----------   -----------
 
Total stockholders' equity                                            4,343,713    55,649,687
 
Commitments and contingencies (note 11)
                                                                    -----------   ----------- 
                                                                    $ 8,914,224   213,799,874
                                                                    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                     Consolidated Statements of Operations

                  The period from February 4, 1993 (inception)
                       through December 31, 1993 and the
                     years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                 1993         1994         1995
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
 
Revenues                                      $        -      380,077    1,343,969
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
 
Operating expenses:
 Systems operations                               24,429      274,886      841,819
 Selling, general and administrative             110,281    1,800,720    4,431,839
 Depreciation and amortization                    27,489      413,824    1,783,066
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
 
                                                 162,199    2,489,430    7,056,724
                                              -----------  ----------   ----------
 
Operating loss                                  (162,199)  (2,109,353)  (5,712,755)
                                              ----------   -----------  -----------
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                   (411)    (171,702)  (4,070,184)
 Interest income                                       -            -    2,024,116
 Other                                                 -       19,242       66,349
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------      
 
Total other income (expense)                        (411)    (152,460)  (1,979,719)
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
 
Net loss                                        (162,610)  (2,261,813)  (7,692,474)
 
Preferred stock dividends and discount
 accretion (note 8)                                    -            -     (786,389)
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
 
Net loss applicable to common stock           $ (162,610)  (2,261,813)  (8,478,863)
                                              ==========   ==========   ==========
 
Net loss per common share                          $(.30)       (1.21)       (2.02)
                                              ==========   ==========   ==========
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding       538,127    1,863,512    4,187,736
                                              ==========   ==========   ==========
 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                  The period from February 4, 1993 (inception)
                       through December 31, 1993 and the
                     years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                       Additional    Subscrip-
                                             Common      paid-in       tions     Accumulated
                                             stock       capital    receivable     deficit        Total
                                           ----------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Issuance of 538,127 shares of
 common stock and recapi-
 talization upon merger with
 Wireless One, L.L.C.
   (note 1 (a))                              $  5,381     834,619     (219,020)            -      620,980
 
Net loss                                            -           -            -      (162,610)    (162,610)
                                           ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------
 
Balance at December 31, 1993                    5,381     834,619     (219,020)     (162,610)     458,370
 
Issuance of 1,475,823
  shares of common stock                       14,758   9,145,242   (8,660,000)            -      500,000
 
Collections of subscriptions receivable             -           -    5,647,156             -    5,647,156
 
Net loss                                            -           -            -    (2,261,813)  (2,261,813)
                                           ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------
 
Balance at December 31, 1994                   20,139   9,979,861   (3,231,864)   (2,424,423)   4,343,713
 
Collections of subscriptions
  receivable                                        -           -    3,231,864             -    3,231,864
 
Conversion of redeemable
  preferred stock and warrants
  into 4,524,512 shares of
  common stock                                 45,246  14,453,442            -             -   14,498,688
 
Issuance of 3,450,000 shares of
  common stock pursuant to
  initial public offering                      34,500  32,340,708            -             -   32,375,208
 
Issuance of 750,000 warrants                        -   3,015,000            -             -    3,015,000
 
Issuance of 3,510,290 shares of
  common stock in purchase
  transactions                                 35,103   6,628,974            -             -    6,664,077
 
Preferred stock dividends and
  accretion of discount                             -    (786,389)           -             -     (786,389)
 
Net loss                                            -           -            -    (7,692,474)  (7,692,474)
                                           ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------
 
Balance at December 31, 1995                 $134,988  65,631,596            -   (10,116,897)  55,649,687
                                           ==========  ==========   ==========   ===========   ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                  The period from February 4, 1993 (inception)
                       through December 31, 1993 and the
                     years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                       1993        1994          1995
                                                    ----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                          $(162,610)  (2,261,813)   (7,692,474)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
   used in operating activities:
    Bad debt expense                                        -       54,608       196,281
    Depreciation and amortization                      27,489      413,824     1,783,066
    Amortization of debt discount                           -      104,767       328,301
    Non-cash interest income                                -            -      (213,230)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Receivables                                           -     (167,277)     (571,957)
      Prepaid expenses                                 (9,000)     (46,515)     (468,707)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses            36,236      237,378     6,004,541
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
        Net cash used in operating activities        (107,885)  (1,665,028)     (634,179)
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of investments and other assets                  -     (102,000)   (1,533,446)
  Capital expenditures                               (288,123)  (2,960,842)   (9,805,057)
  Acquisition of intangible assets                   (154,854)  (5,156,054)   (6,762,415)
  Purchase of marketable investment securities              -            -   (53,180,114)
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
        Net cash used in investing activities        (442,977)  (8,218,896)  (71,281,032)
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and
   warrants                                            20,722    4,275,819   150,014,902
  Principal payments on long-term debt                 (1,104)    (103,306)  (11,502,054)
  Debt issuance costs                                       -            -    (5,593,839)
  Issuance of common stock                            619,980    5,647,156    35,008,396
  Issuance of redeemable preferred stock                    -            -    14,343,654
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
        Net cash provided by financing activities     639,598    9,819,669   182,271,059
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
        Net increase (decrease) in cash                88,736      (64,255)  110,355,848
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period            -       88,736        24,481
                                                    ---------   ----------   -----------
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period          $  88,736       24,481   110,380,329
                                                    =========   ==========   ===========
 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1994 and 1995


(1)  Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------

 (a) Description of Organization
     ---------------------------

     Wireless One Inc. was formed in June 1995 by the shareholders of a
     predecessor company (Old Wireless One) and Heartland Wireless
     Communications, Inc. (Heartland) for the purpose of further developing,
     owning, and operating wireless cable television systems primarily in select
     southern and southeastern markets. Old Wireless One had been formed on
     December 23, 1993, in conjunction with the merger of its predecessor,
     Wireless One, L.L.C., a Limited Liability Company (LLC). LLC had been
     formed on February 4, 1993 with six members and on December 23, 1993, Old
     Wireless One acquired all of the net assets and outstanding interests of
     LLC in a tax free reorganization. Accordingly, the accompanying
     consolidated financial statements include results of operations of Wireless
     One, Inc. and its predecessor companies since February 4, 1993. Unless
     otherwise indicated, references to the Company include Wireless One, Inc.
     and its predecessors.

 (b) Consolidation Policy
     --------------------

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
     Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany
     balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 (c) Property and Equipment
     ----------------------

     Property and equipment are stated at cost and include the cost of
     transmission equipment as well as subscriber installations. The Company
     capitalizes the excess of direct costs of subscriber installations over
     installation fees. These direct costs include reception materials and
     equipment on subscriber premises, installation labor and overhead charges
     and direct commissions. Prior to 1995, installation fees were recognized in
     revenues and commissions were expensed. The effect of the above change had
     no material effect on the 1994 and 1995 results of operations.

     Depreciation and amortization are recorded on a straight-line basis for
     financial reporting purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
     Any unamortized balance of the nonrecoverable portion of the cost of a
     subscriber installation is fully depreciated upon subscriber disconnect and
     the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance
     sheet. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense when incurred;
     renewals and betterments are capitalized.
     
     Equipment awaiting installation consists primarily of accessories, parts
     and supplies for subscriber installations, and is stated at the lower of
     average cost or market.

                                                                     (Continued)



                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 (d) Leased License Investment
     -------------------------

     Leased license investment consists primarily of costs incurred in
     connection with the Company's acquisition of channel rights. Channel rights
     represent the right to utilize all of the capacity on channels operated
     under a license received from the Federal Communications Commission
     ("FCC"). These assets are recorded at cost and amortized using the straight
     line method over the assets' estimated useful lives, usually 10-20 years,
     beginning with inception of service in each market. As of December 31, 1994
     and 1995, approximately $4,686,000 and $17,809,000 of channel rights were
     not subject to amortization.
    
     The Company periodically evaluates the propriety of the carrying amounts of
     the leased license investment in each market, as well as the amortization
     period based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows to determine
     whether current events or circumstances warrant adjustments to the carrying
     amounts or a revised estimate of the useful life. If warranted, an
     impairment loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount of the
     related assets to management's estimate of the fair value of the individual
     market.

 (e) Revenue Recognition
     -------------------

     Revenues from subscribers are recognized in the month that the service is
     provided.

 (f) Income Taxes
     ------------

     The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for
     income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
     recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
     between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
     liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
     liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
     taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
     expected to be recovered. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
     of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
     includes the enactment date.
     
     A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the carrying value of deferred
     tax assets to an amount which more likely than not will be realized.
     Changes in the valuation allowance represent changes in an estimate and are
     reflected as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period of the
     change.

     The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return which includes
     all of its subsidiaries.  Losses incurred from inception through December
     22, 1993 were attributed directly to the members of the L.L.C., and,
     accordingly, are not available to offset the Company's future taxable
     income.


                                                                     (Continued)



                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 (g) Net Loss Per Common Share
     -------------------------

     Net loss per common share is based on the net loss applicable to common
     stock divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
     during the period presented. All share and per share data, including the
     weighted average number of common shares outstanding, for all periods prior
     to the Heartland Transaction (see note 2) gives retroactive effect to the
     exchange of approximately one share of Old Wireless One common stock for 4
     shares of Wireless One, Inc. Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
     and warrants are antidilutive and have been excluded from the calculation.

 (h) Debt Issuance Costs
     -------------------

     Costs incurred in connection with issuance of the Company's 13% Senior
     notes are included in other assets and are being amortized using the
     interest method over the term of the notes.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
     -------------------------

     Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and temporary cash investments that
     are highly liquid and have original maturities of three months or less.

 (j) Use of Estimates
     ----------------

     The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
     financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
     during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
     estimates.

 (k) Marketable Investment Securities
     --------------------------------

     Investments in marketable securities at December 31, 1995 consist of U.S.
     Treasury securities which mature periodically through October 1998. The
     Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until maturity
     and, accordingly, has classified these investments as held-to-maturity
     investments. Held-to-maturity investments are recorded at amortized cost,
     adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts. Premiums and discounts
     are amortized over the life of the related held-to-maturity investment as
     an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. A decline in
     market value of the Company's investments below cost that is deemed other
     than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The
     impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the investment
     is established.


                                                             (Continued)
 


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(2)  Initial Public Offering and Heartland Transaction
     -------------------------------------------------

     During October, 1995, the Company completed a series of transactions which
     included (i) the issuance of 3,450,000 shares of common stock at $10.50 per
     share in an initial public offering; (ii) the issuance of $150,000,000 of
     13% Senior Notes due in 2003 and warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of the
     Company's common stock, and (iii) the acquisition of certain wireless cable
     television assets and related liabilities of certain subsidiaries of
     Heartland for common stock of the Company and notes (the Heartland
     Transaction).

     The consummation of the Heartland transaction included the Company's
     acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Old Wireless One and
     certain wireless cable television assets and related liabilities in
     Heartland's markets in Texas, Louisiana, Alabama, Georgia and Florida. In
     connection with the Heartland transaction, the shareholders of Old Wireless
     One received approximately 6.5 million shares of the Company's common stock
     and Heartland received approximately 3.5 million shares of the Company's
     common stock. In addition, Heartland received notes in the amount of
     $10,000,000, which were subsequently repaid by the Company from the
     proceeds of the offerings of the Company's common stock and Senior Notes.

     The Heartland transaction has been accounted for as a business combination
     using the purchase method of accounting. In accordance with Staff
     Accounting Bulletin No. 48, the Heartland assets and liabilities acquired
     have been recorded using the historical cost basis previously reported by
     Heartland, reduced by the amount of notes issued to Heartland in connection
     with the transaction. The assets acquired consist primarily of systems and
     equipment and various wireless cable channel rights. The following is a
     summary of the net assets acquired:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                    <C>
     Current assets                                    $    318,892
     Current liabilities                                    (35,956)
     Systems and equipment, net                           2,392,711
     Leased license investment and other intangibles     13,476,534
                                                       ------------
 
        Net assets acquired                              16,152,181

        Notes issued to Heartland                       (10,000,000)
                                                       ------------ 

                                                       $  6,152,181
                                                       ============
</TABLE> 

                                                                     (Continued)



                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


  The 1995 financial statements of Wireless One, Inc. include the results of
  operations of the business interests acquired in the Heartland Transaction
  since October 18, 1995.  Pro forma unaudited consolidated operating results of
  the Company and the Heartland business acquired for the years ended December
  31, 1994 and 1995, assuming the transaction had been completed as of January
  1, 1994 and 1995, are summarized below (in thousands except per share
  amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                 1994         1995
                                             ------------  -----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>
 
    Total revenues                           $ 1,287,312    1,976,142
 
    Operating expenses:
      Systems operations                       1,052,799    1,433,934
      Selling, general and administrative      2,306,280    4,780,286
      Depreciation and amortization              658,177    1,977,028
                                             -----------   ----------
 
          Total operating expenses             4,017,256    8,191,248
                                             -----------   ----------
 
          Operating loss                      (2,729,944)  (6,215,106)
 
    Interest expense                          (1,065,967)  (4,738,611)
 
    Interest income and other                     19,242    2,090,465
                                             -----------   ----------
 
          Net loss                           $(3,776,669)  (8,863,252)
                                             ===========   ==========
 
          Net loss per share                      $(0.29)       (0.68)
                                             ===========   ==========
</TABLE>

 These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and
 include an adjustment for additional interest expense associated with the
 portion of the proceeds of the notes utilized to repay $7 million of notes to
 Heartland.  They do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations
 which actually would have resulted had the combination been in effect on
 January 1, 1994 and 1995 or of future results of operations of the consolidated
 entities.

 (3) Marketable Investment Securities - Restricted
     ---------------------------------------------

     Marketable investment securities - restricted at December 31, 1995 consists
     of U.S. Treasury securities placed in escrow pursuant to the bond indenture
     relating to the 13% Senior Notes due 2003. The investments have been
     deposited into an escrow account and, pending disbursement, the collateral
     agent has a first priority lien on the escrow account for the benefit of
     the holders of the notes. Such funds may be disbursed from the escrow
     account only to pay interest on the Notes and, upon certain repurchases or
     redemptions of the Notes, to pay principal of and premium, if any, thereon.
     The maturities of the securities purchased have been matched to the
     interest payment dates of the notes.


                                                                     (Continued)


                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(4) Property and Equipment
    ----------------------

    Major categories of property and equipment at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are
    as follows :

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                        Estimated
                                           Life          1994           1995
                                      ------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                           <C>    <C>            <C>
                                                 
  Equipment awaiting installation                5   $    422,109     2,230,144
  Subscriber premises equipment
   and installation costs                        5      1,021,382     3,561,714
  Transmission equipment and system              
   construction costs                           10      1,534,028     8,092,890
  Office furniture and equipment                 7        219,629     1,270,131
  Buildings and leasehold improvements        31.5         91,723       523,203
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                 
                                                        3,288,871    15,678,082
                                                 
  Less accumulated depreciation                          (210,348)   (1,411,327)
                                                      -----------  ------------
 
                                                      $ 3,078,523    14,266,755
                                                      ===========    ==========
</TABLE> 
 (5)  Other Assets
      ------------
 
      Other assets at December 31, 1994 and 1995
      consist of the following:
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                          1994            1995
                                                      -----------     ----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
  Debt issuance costs, net of                                    
   accumulated amortization                                      
   of $163,927                                        $         -      6,053,898
  Deposits                                                      -      1,410,543
  Other                                                   102,000        225,504
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                 
                                                      $   102,000      7,689,945
                                                      ===========    ===========
</TABLE> 

 (6)  Long-term Debt
      --------------
 
      Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                          1994           1995
                                                      ------------   -----------
     <S>                                              <C>            <C>     
     13% Senior Notes due 2003;                            
      face value of $150,000,000, net of                  
      unamortized discount                            $         -    148,149,131

     Subordinated non-interest bearing notes
      (face value of $3,700,000),
      discounted to an 8% effective rate,
      principal and interest due in
      installments through July 1997                    2,949,986      2,939,156
</TABLE> 

                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                           1994           1995
                                                       -------------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
 $3,000,000 revolving line of credit, due September
 30, 1995, with interest due quarterly at the prime
 rate, (7.25% at December 31, 1994) secured by
 assignment of stock subscriptions receivable          $  1,106,243              -
 
 Other                                                      240,668        159,760
                                                       ------------   ------------
 
                                                          4,296,897    151,248,047
 Less current maturities                                 (1,457,295)      (376,780)
                                                       ------------   ------------
 
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities         $  2,839,602    150,871,267
                                                       ============   ============
 
Long term debt matures as follows:
 
     1996                                                             $    376,780
     1997                                                                2,572,136
     1998                                                                        -
     1999                                                                  150,000
     2000                                                                        -
     Thereafter                                                        148,149,131
</TABLE>

Interest on the Senior Notes (the "Notes") is payable semi-annually on April 15
and October 15 of each year, commencing April 15, 1996.  The Notes are
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
after October 15, 1999, at variable redemption prices in excess of par.  On or
prior to October 15, 1998, the Company may redeem up to 30% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds from a sale to a strategic
investor, as defined.  In addition, upon the occurrence of a change of control,
as defined, each holder of Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a
portion of such holder's Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest.

The notes are issued and outstanding under an indenture which contains certain
covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making
of restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, sale and leaseback
transactions, the existence of liens, disposition of proceeds of asset sales,
the making of guarantees and pledges by restricted subsidiaries, transfers and
issuance of stock of subsidiaries, investments in unrestricted subsidiaries,
the conduct of the Company's business and certain mergers and sales of assets.

(7)  Income Taxes
     ------------

     The Company has not recognized any income tax benefit for any of the
     periods presented due to management's conclusion that a 100% valuation
     allowance for the net deferred tax asset is warranted. Statement of
     Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 109 provides that the tax benefit
     of net operating loss carryforwards is recorded as an asset only to the
     extent that management assesses the realization of such carryforwards to be
     "more likely than not."

                                                                     (Continued)


                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                            1994        1995
                                                         ----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
 
    Deferred tax assets:
      Net operating loss carryforwards                   $ 808,064    2,955,166
      Allowance for bad debts                                    -       25,038
      Reserve for obsolescence in equipment                      -       68,000
      Accrued liabilities deductible when paid                   -      152,320
                                                         ---------   ----------
 
                                                           808,064    3,200,524
 
    Less valuation allowance                              (224,410)  (2,136,029)
                                                         ---------   ----------

    Deferred tax asset                                     583,654    1,064,495
                                                         ---------   ----------
 
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Fixed assets, principally due to differences in
        depreciation and underlying basis                   10,737       11,700
      Intangibles, due to differences in basis and
        amortizable lives                                  572,917      440,795
      Purchase accounting adjustments resulting in
        differences in bases of underlying assets                -      612,000
                                                         ---------   ----------
 
    Deferred tax liabilities                               583,654    1,064,495
                                                         ---------   ----------
 
    Net deferred tax asset                               $       -            -
                                                         =========   ==========
</TABLE>

The net changes in total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995 were increases of $224,410 and $1,911,619, respectively.  In
assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible.  The Company considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income
and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  Based upon these
considerations, the Company has recognized deferred tax assets to the extent
such assets can be realized through future reversals of existing taxable
temporary differences.

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes
of approximately $8,700,000 as of December 31, 1995.  The carryforwards expire
in years 2008-2010.

                                                           (Continued)



                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(8)  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
     --------------------------------------

     On April 14, 1995, the Company completed a private placement of 14,781.75
     shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and 591,270 warrants to
     purchase common stock (collectively the "Units") at a price of $1,000 per
     Unit. The proceeds from the issue were $13,866,000, net of issuance costs.
     The excess of the liquidation value over the carrying value was accreted by
     periodic charges to additional paid-in capital during the period the stock
     was outstanding. Contemporaneously with the closing of the initial public
     offering of common stock in October 1995, the preferred stock and warrants
     were converted into approximately 4,524,512 shares of common stock.

(9)  Stockholders' Equity
     --------------------

     In connection with the sale of the 13% Senior notes due 2003, the company
     issued warrants to acquire 450,000 shares of its common stock. Each warrant
     entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at $11.55 per
     share. The warrants are exercisable at any time on or after October 24,
     1996 and will expire on October 24, 2000. For financial reporting purposes,
     these warrants were valued at $1,890,000.
     
     In connection with the Heartland transaction, the Company issued warrants
     (the "GKM Warrants") to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock to an
     underwriter for nominal consideration. The GKM Warrants are initially
     exercisable at $12.60 per share through October 18, 2000. For financial
     reporting purposes, these warrants were valued at $1,125,000.
     
     In connection with the Heartland Transaction, certain of the shareholders
     of the Company with beneficial ownership of approximately 56% of the
     Company's outstanding common stock at December 31, 1995 have entered into
     an agreement whereby, among other things, they have agreed to vote their
     common stock to elect a specified slate of directors, which will be
     designated by the parties to the stockholders agreement.

(10) Stock Option Plan
     -----------------
    
     The Company has adopted the 1995 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan (the
     "Incentive Plan"), which provides for the grant to key employees of the
     Company of stock options, appreciation rights, restricted stock,
     performance grants and any other type of award deemed to be consistent with
     the purpose of the Incentive Plan.
     
     The total number of shares of Common Stock which may be granted pursuant to
     the Incentive Plan is 1,300,000. The Incentive Plan will terminate upon the
     earlier of the adoption of a Board of Directors' resolution terminating the
     Incentive Plan or on the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption, unless
     extended for an additional five-year period for grants of awards other than
     incentive stock options.
     
     The exercise price of stock options is determined by the Compensation
     Committee of the Board of Directors, but may not be less than 100% of the
     fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and the
     

                                                           (Continued)



                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


term of any such option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.  With
respect to any employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting
power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, the exercise price of any
incentive stock option may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of
such shares on the date of grant and the term of such option may not exceed five
years from the date of grant.

Awards granted under the Incentive Plan will generally vest upon a proposed sale
of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company
with or into another corporation.  Options generally vest over a five-year
period commencing on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of
grant.

Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company are eligible to
receive options under the Directors' Plan.  The total number of shares of Common
Stock for which options may be granted under the Directors' Plan is 100,000.

Options granted under the Directors' Plan may be subject to vesting and certain
other restrictions.  Subject to certain exceptions, the right to exercise an
option generally terminates at the earlier of (i) the first date on which the
initial grantee of such option is no longer a director of either the Company or
any subsidiary for any reason other than death or permanent disability or (ii)
the expiration date of the option.  Options granted under the Directors' Plan
will also generally vest upon a "change in control" of the Company.  No options
have been granted under the Directors' Plan as of December 31, 1995.

Information regarding the Company's stock option plans is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                          Number of shares  
                                    ----------------------------    Exercise
                                       Incentive      Directors'      Price
                                          Plan           Plan         Range
                                    ----------------  ----------  --------------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>         <C>
 
Outstanding at December 31, 1993                   -           -               -
 
1994 activity:
Granted                                      248,917           -   $        6.21
                                             -------  ----------   -------------
 
December 31, 1994 outstanding                248,917           -            6.21
 
1995 activity:
Granted                                      555,270           -    4.16 - 13.83
                                             -------  ----------   -------------
 
December 31, 1995 outstanding                804,187           -   $4.16 - 13.83
                                             =======  ==========   =============
 
Exercisable at December 31, 1995             138,395           -   $4.16 - 13.83
                                             =======  ==========   =============
 
Available for future grants at
December 31, 1995                            495,813     100,000
                                             =======  ==========
</TABLE>
                                                           (Continued)



                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(11) Commitments and Contingencies
     -----------------------------

     The Company leases, from third parties, channel rights licensed by the FCC.
     Under FCC policy, the base term of these leases cannot exceed the term of
     the underlying FCC license. FCC licenses for wireless cable channels
     generally must be renewed every five to ten years, and there is no
     automatic renewal of such licenses. The use of such channels by third
     parties is subject to regulation by the FCC and, therefore, the Company's
     ability to enjoy the benefit of these leases is dependent upon the third
     party lessor's continuing compliance with applicable regulations. The
     remaining terms of the Company's leases range from approximately five to
     twenty years. Most of the Company's leases provide for rights of first
     refusal for their renewal. The termination of or failure to renew a channel
     lease or termination of the channel license would result in the Company
     being unable to deliver television programming on such channel. Although
     the Company does not believe that the termination of or failure to renew a
     single channel lease could adversely affect the Company, several of such
     terminations or failures in one or more markets that the Company actively
     serves could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Channel rights
     lease agreements generally require payments based on the greater of
     specified minimums or amounts based upon various factors, such as
     subscriber levels or subscriber revenues.

     Payments under the channel rights lease agreements generally begin upon the
     completion of construction of the transmission equipment and facilities and
     approval for operation pursuant to the rules and regulations of the FCC.
     However, for certain leases, the Company is obligated to begin payments
     upon grant of the channel rights. Channel rights lease expense was $9,000,
     $179,172, and $380,346 for the period from February 4, 1993 (inception) to
     December 31, 1993, and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,
     respectively.

     The Company also has certain operating leases for office space, equipment
     and transmission tower space. Rent expense incurred in connection with
     other operating leases was $6,996, $79,791 and $183,003 for the period from
     February 4, 1993 (inception) to December 31, 1993 and for the years ended
     December, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

     Future minimum lease payments due under channel rights leases and other
     noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                 Channel      Other
Year ending      rights     operating
December 31      leases      leases
- -------------  -----------  ---------
<S>            <C>          <C>
 
     1996       $1,097,075    487,666
     1997        1,146,307    515,916
     1998        1,167,319    515,955
     1999        1,175,415    523,625
     2000        1,165,755    520,344
                ----------  ---------
 
                $5,751,871  2,563,506
                ==========  =========
 
</TABLE>
                                                           (Continued)



                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The Company has entered into various service agreements to obtain programming
for delivery to customers of the Company.  Such agreements require a per
subscriber fee to be paid by the Company on a monthly basis.  These agreements
range in life from two to ten years.

The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company is actively competing in the FCC auction program designed to award
initial licenses for MDS channels.  Successful bidders will receive a blanket
authorization to serve entire "Basic Trading Areas" or "BTA's" on all MDS
channels.  The Company estimates its commitment related to this auction of
BTA's to be approximately $16,000,000 to $18,000,000.  At the conclusion of
the auction, the Company will be required to remit 20% of the total committed
amount (less its deposit of $900,000 remitted prior to December 31, 1995) with
the remaining 80% being paid out over a 10 year period.  Over this ten year
period commencing on the date the BTA is authorized by the FCC, the Company
will be required to make quarterly interest only payments for the first two
years and then quarterly payments of principal and interest over the remaining
years of the agreement.  The interest rate related to this installment plan is
equal to the ten year U.S. Treasury rate at the time of the issuance of the
BTA authorization plus 2-1/2%.

(12)  Concentrations of Credit Risk
      -----------------------------

      Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to
      concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, temporary cash
      investments, and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and
      temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial services
      companies. Collectibility of subscriber accounts receivable is impacted by
      economic trends in each of the Company's markets. Such receivables are
      typically collected within thirty days, and the Company has provided an
      allowance which it believes is adequate to absorb losses from
      uncollectible accounts.

(13)  Supplemental Cash Flow Information
      ----------------------------------

      Cash interest payments made in 1993, 1994, and 1995 totaled $143, $168,512
      and $351,178, respectively.

      During 1995, the Company paid $288,104 in cash and issued 48,752 shares of
      its common stock in connection with the acquisition of channel rights in
      Tennessee. The cost of the channel rights and other intangible assets
      acquired was $800,000 based on the initial public offering price per share
      of $10.50.

                                                                     (Continued)



                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(14) Disclosures About Fair Value Of Financial Instruments
     -----------------------------------------------------

     The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values
     of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 1995. The fair value
     of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument
     could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

                                                            At December 31, 1995
                                                            --------------------
                                                            Carrying Estimated
                                                            Amount  Fair Value
                                                            ------  ----------

        Marketable investment securities               $  53,393,344  53,704,532
        Long-term debt                                   151,248,047 160,598,916

  The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using
  available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies as
  follows:

     .  The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, subscriber
        receivable, accrued interest and other receivables, accounts payable and
        accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
        these items.

     .  The fair values of the Company's marketable investment securities
        are based on quoted market prices.

     .  The fair value of long-term debt is based upon market quotes
        obtained from dealers.

  Fair value estimates are subject to inherent limitations.  Estimates of fair
  value are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market
  information and information about the financial instrument.  The estimated
  fair values of financial instruments presented above are not necessarily
  indicative of amounts the Company might realize in actual market transactions.
  Estimates of fair value are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and
  matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with
  precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.



                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                                             SCHEDULE II

 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                  THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 4, 1993 (INCEPTION)
                       THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
              COLUMN A                 COLUMN B    COLUMN C    COLUMN D   COLUMN E
              ---------                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                      BALANCE AT  CHANGED TO                BALANCE    
                                      BEGINNING   COSTS AND                 AT END
              DESCRIPTION             OF PERIOD   EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS   OF PERIOD
              -----------             ----------  --------    ----------   ---------
                                                             
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                1995                                                                
Deducted in balance sheet from                                                   
   subscription receivables:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $  4,000     196,281     126,640     73,641
                                        --------     -------     -------     ------ 
Deducted in balance sheet from                                                      
   leased license investment:                                                       
   Amortization of leased license     
   investment                           $230,902     317,381           -    548,283
                                        --------     -------     -------    ------- 
Deducted in balance sheet from         
   other asset:                       
   Amortization of debt
   issuance costs                       $      -     163,926           -    163,926
                                        --------     -------     -------    ------- 
                1994                   
Deducted in balance sheet from
     subscription receivables:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $      -      54,605      50,608      4,000
                                        --------     -------     -------    -------                             
Deducted in balance sheet from         
   leased license investment:
   Amortization of leased license
   investment                           $  4,116     226,786           -    230,902
                                        --------     -------     -------    ------- 
Deducted in balance sheet from         
   other assets:
   Amortization of debt
   issuance costs                       $      -           -           -          -
                                        --------     -------     -------    -------
                1993                   
Deducted in balance sheet from
     subscription receivables:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $      -           -           -          - 
                                        --------     -------     -------    -------
Deducted in balance sheet from        
   leased license investment:
   Amortization of leased license
   investment                           $      -       4,116           -      4,116
                                        --------     -------     -------    -------
Deducted in balance sheet from      
   other assets:
   Amortization of debt
   issuance costs                       $      -           -           -          -
                                        --------     -------     -------    -------
</TABLE>

                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
                              COMPANY INFORMATION


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

HANS J. STERNBERG                          DANIEL L. SHIMER (2)
Chairman of the Board                      Executive Vice President/
Wireless One, Inc.                         Chief Financial Officer
                                           COREstaff, Inc.
SEAN E. REILLY (1)
President/Chief Executive Officer
Wireless One, Inc.                         OTHER CORPORATE OFFICERS

WILLIAM K. LUBY (1)(2)(3)                  ALTON C. RYE
Former Managing Director                   Senior Vice President
Chase Manhattan Capital                    Chief Operating Officer

JAMES J. COLLIS                            J. ROBERT GARY
Vice President                             Senior Vice President
Chase Capital Partners                     Chief Financial Officer

J.R. HOLLAND, JR. (1)(2)(3)                WILLIAM C. NORRIS
President                                  Senior Vice President/
Unity Hunt Resources, Inc.                 System Launches
 
DAVID WEBB (1)                             MICHAEL C. ELLIS
President                                  Vice President/Controller
Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc.
                                           WILLIAM  HAMBLIN
                                           Vice President/Human Resources

- --------------------------------------
(1) Member of the Operating Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Audit Committee

REGISTRAR & TRANSFER AGENT             INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
First Chicago Trust Company of New York    KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
525 Washington Boulevard                   One Shell Square, Suite 3500
Jersey City, NJ  07310                     New Orleans, LA  70139
Telephone:  (201) 222-4116                 Telephone: (504) 523-5000

  Copies of our annual and quarterly reports, and Forms 10-K and 10-Q, may be
                    obtained without charge by contacting:

                              Investor Relations
                               Wireless One, Inc.
                     11301 Industriplex Boulevard, Suite 4
                          Baton Rouge,  LA  70809-4115
                           Telephone:  (504) 293-5000

 Wireless One, Inc.'s news releases are always immediately accessible to anyone
with a fax machine simply by calling 800-758-5804, ext. 109803 and following the
instructions.  In addition, all news releases, including earnings releases, are
                           posted on the Internet at
                http://www.prnewswire.com/cnoc/exec/menu?109803.

                                 STOCK LISTINGS

 Wireless One, Inc. common stock (ticker symbol: WIRL) is listed on the NASDAQ
                                      NMS.
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C.  20549

                                   FORM 10-Q

                  QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                      FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

                      Commission file number:     0-26836

                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
              (Exact name of registrant specified in its charter)

                                    Delaware
         (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                   72-1300837
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                       11301 Industriplex Blvd., Suite 4
                             Baton Rouge, Louisiana
                    (Address of principal executive office)

                                   70809-4115
                                   (Zip code)

                                 (504) 293-5000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
                        5551 Corporate Blvd., Suite 2G
                         Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70808
                         (Registrant's former address)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the proceeding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

YES     X            NO 
    --------            --------

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of May 8, 1996.

                                   13,498,752
<PAGE>
 
                                     INDEX


PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Item 1.             Financial Statements                                Page No.
<S>                 <C>                                                <C>
 
                    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
                    March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995.............         2
 
                    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
                    for the three months ended March 31, 1996
                    and 1995.........................................         3
 
                    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash
                    Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1996
                    and 1995.........................................         4
 
                    Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
                    Statements.......................................         5
 
         Item 2.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                    Condition and Results of Operations..............         6
 
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
         Item 6.    Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.................        11
 
</TABLE>

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                     Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                  (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                              March 31,   December 31,
                 Assets                         1996          1995
                                             -----------  ------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                 $ 98,964,157   110,380,329
  Marketable investment                       17,735,150    17,637,839
   securities-restricted
  Subscriber receivables, net                    159,819       143,633
  Accrued interest and other receivables         793,176       405,241
  Prepaid expenses                               587,732       796,389
                                            ------------   -----------
 
Total current assets                         118,240,034   129,363,431
 
Property and equipment, net                   22,912,095    14,266,755
Leased license investment, net                28,491,658    26,724,238
Marketable investment securities -            35,946,439    35,755,505
 restricted
Other assets                                   7,703,873     7,689,945
                                            ------------   -----------
 
                                             213,294,099   213,799,874
                                            ============   ===========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable                             2,627,827     2,356,707
  Accrued expenses                             1,160,459       862,100
  Accrued interest                             8,558,333     3,683,333
  Current maturities of long-term debt           384,366       376,780
                                            ------------   -----------
 
Total current liabilities                     12,730,985     7,278,920
 
Long-term debt                               150,993,259   150,871,267
                                            ------------   -----------
 
                                             163,724,244   158,150,187
                                            ------------   -----------
 
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value,
   10,000,000 shares                                                  
   authorized,  no shares issued or
   outstanding                                         -             - 
  Common stock, $0.01 par value,
   50,000,000 shares                                                   
   authorized, and 13,498,752 shares
   issued and outstanding                        134,988       134,988 
  Additional paid-in capital                  65,631,596    65,631,596
  Accumulated deficit                        (16,196,729)  (10,116,897)
                                            ------------   -----------
 
Total stockholders' equity                    49,569,855    55,649,687
                                            ------------   -----------
 
                                            $213,294,099   213,799,874
                                            ============   ===========
 
 
 
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                  (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                              Three months ended
                                                    March 31,
                                            -----------------------
                                               1996         1995
                                            -----------  ----------
 
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
Revenues                                    $   940,777     238,825
                                            -----------   ---------
 
Operating expenses:
 Systems operations                             555,942     169,981
 Selling, general and administrative          2,637,553     461,129
 Depreciation and amortization                  964,005     199,519
                                            -----------   ---------
                                              4,157,500     830,629
                                            -----------   ---------
 
Operating loss                               (3,216,723)   (591,804)
                                            -----------   ---------
 
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                            (5,009,893)   (114,090)
 Interest income                              2,126,360       3,122
 Other                                           20,424        (520)
                                            -----------   ---------
 
  Total other income (expense)               (2,863,109)   (111,488)
                                            -----------   ---------
 
Net loss                                    $(6,079,832)   (703,292)
                                            ===========   =========
Net loss per common share                   $      (.45)       (.35)
                                            ===========   =========
 
Weighted average common shares                                      
 outstanding                                 13,498,752   2,013,950 
                                            ===========   ========= 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.
                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                  (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                Three months ended
                                                     March 31,
                                             ------------------------
                                                 1996         1995
                                             ------------  ----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
     Net loss                               $ (6,079,832)   (703,292)
 
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss
      to net cash used in operating
      activities:
         Depreciation and amortization           964,005     199,519
         Amortization of debt discount           130,897      73,671
         Non-cash interest income               (288,245)          -
         Bad debt expense                         23,694           -
         Changes in assets and liabilities: 
            Subscriber receivables              (427,815)        884
            Prepaid expenses                     208,657      11,631
            Accounts payable and                                     
             accrued expenses                  5,444,480     279,448 
                                            ------------   --------- 
              Net cash used in                                  
               operating activities              (24,159)   (138,139)
                                            ------------   --------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:
         Capital expenditures                 (9,195,283)   (654,945)
         Purchase of investments and                                  
           other assets                         (209,021)    (25,943) 
          Expenditures for leased                                    
           licenses                           (1,986,390)    (19,902)
                                            ------------   --------- 
                   Net cash used in                                  
                    investing activities     (11,390,694)   (700,790)
                                            ------------   --------- 
Cash flows from financing activities:
          Proceeds from issuance of                                  
           long-term debt                              -      37,472 
          Issuance of common stock                     -   1,077,622
          Principal payments on                                      
           long-term debt                         (1,319)          - 
                                            ------------   --------- 
                   Net cash (used in)                                
                    provided by                                      
                    financing activities          (1,319)  1,115,094
                                            ------------   --------- 
                   Net (decrease)                                    
                    increase in cash         (11,416,172)    276,165 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning                               
 of period                                   110,380,329      24,481 
                                            ------------   --------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of                                  
 period                                     $ 98,964,157     300,646 
</TABLE>                                    ============   ========= 


See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 March 31, 1996

(1)  Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------


   (a)   Description of Organization
         ---------------------------
 
       Wireless One, Inc. (the "Company") was formed in June 1995 to combine the
       operations of a predecessor company ("Old Wireless One") with certain
       wireless cable television assets and all related liabilities of certain
       subsidiaries of Heartland Wireless Communications, Inc. ("Heartland") for
       the purpose of further developing, owning, and operating wireless cable
       television systems primarily in select southern and southeastern markets.
       Old Wireless One had been formed on December 23, 1993, in conjunction
       with the merger of its predecessor, Wireless One, L.L.C., a Limited
       Liability Company (LLC). LLC had been formed on February 4, 1993 with six
       members and on December 23, 1993, Old Wireless One acquired all of the
       net assets and outstanding interests of LLC in a tax free reorganization.
       Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include
       results of operations of Wireless One, Inc. and its subsidiaries and its
       predecessor companies since February 4, 1993. Unless otherwise indicated,
       references to the Company include Wireless One, Inc. and its subsidiaries
       and its predecessors. See the Company's December 31, 1995 Annual Report
       on Form 10-K for further comments regarding Heartland and the Heartland
       Transaction.
 
   (b) Consolidation Policy
       --------------------

       The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
       the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries.  All significant
       intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

   (c) Interim Financial Information
       -----------------------------

       The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements have been
       prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations for reporting on Form 10-
       Q.  Accordingly, certain information and footnotes required by generally
       accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements are not
       included herein.  The interim statements should be read in conjunction
       with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's
       December 31, 1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

       Interim statements are subject to possible adjustments in connection with
       the annual audit of the Company's accounts for full year 1996.  In the
       Company's opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
       these interim statements have been included and are of a normal and
       recurring nature.

   (d) Marketable Investment Securities
       --------------------------------

       Investments in marketable securities consist of U.S. Treasury securities
       which mature periodically through October 1998.  The Company has the
       ability and intent to hold these investments until maturity and,
       accordingly, has classified these investments as held-to-maturity
       investments.  Held-to-maturity investments are recorded at amortized
       cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts.  Premiums and
       discounts are amortized over the life of the related held-to-maturity
       investment as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method.
       A decline in market value of the Company's

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                               WIRELESS ONE, INC.

              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       investments below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a
       reduction in carrying amount to fair value.  The impairment is charged to
       earnings and a new cost basis for the investment is established.

(e)      Net Loss Per Common Share
         -------------------------
 
       Net loss per common share is based on the net loss applicable to common
       stock divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
       during the period presented.  Shares issuable upon exercise of stock
       options and warrants are antidilutive and have been excluded from the
       calculation.

       All share and per share data for the period ended March 31, 1995,
       including the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, have
       been restated for the Heartland Transaction consummated in October of
       1995 giving retroactive effect to the exchange of approximately one share
       of Old Wireless One common stock for 4 shares of Wireless One, Inc.
       common stock. See the Company's December 31, 1995 Annual Report on Form
       10-K for further description of the Heartland Transaction.

(2)   Subsequent Event
      ----------------

       On April 25, 1996, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement
       with Jackson, MS based TruVision Wireless, Inc. ("TruVision").  Under
       terms of the transaction, the Company will exchange approximately 3.4
       million of its common shares in exchange for all of TruVision's
       outstanding shares.  Additionally, the Company has committed to provide a
       bridge loan of up to $15 million which will be secured by certain assets
       of TruVision and its subsidiaries.  Consummation of this transaction is
       subject to the satisfaction of certain closing conditions including the
       receipt of bondholder consents and FCC/Hart Scott approval.  This
       transaction is expected to close by the end of August 1996.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
         AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THE SAME PERIOD ENDED 1995

The table below sets forth for each of the Operating Systems the later of the
date of launch or acquisition by the Company and the approximate number of
subscribers at March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Approximate      Approximate
                                Launch or        Subscribers at  Subscribers at
Market                       Acquisition Date        03/31/96        03/31/95
- ------                       ----------------    --------------  --------------
<S>                          <C>               <C>               <C> 
Brenham, Tx                  February 1996                268               -
 
Bryan/College Station, Tx    May 1995                   2,080               -
 
Milano, Tx                   October 1995               1,501               -
 
Wharton, Tx                  June 1994                  1,881           1,601
 
Bunkie, La                   December 1995                667               -
 
Lafayette, La                January 1994                 625             436
 
Lake Charles, La             April 1994                   490             573
 
Monroe, La                   October 1995               1,206               -
 
Gainesville, Fl              January 1996                 261               -
 
Panama City, Fl              September 1995             1,362               -
 
Pensacola, Fl                July 1995                  1,287               -
 
Jeffersonville, Ga (a)       March 1996                     -               -
 
Tullahoma, Tn                November 1995                661               -
                                                     --------           -----
            TOTAL                                      12,289           2,507
                                                     ========           =====
</TABLE>

(a) System launched at the end of March 1996.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
Revenue Information
                                                                           
                             For the Three Months Ended     Approximate    
                                     March 31,            Average Revenue  
                             --------------------------  Per Subscriber at 
                                 1996          1995       March 31, 1996
                             ------------  ------------  ----------------- 
<S>                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Subscription Revenues:
- ----------------------
Brenham, Tx                      $  8,526      $      -             $33.83
 
Bryan/College Station, Tx         171,891             -              34.88
 
Milano, Tx                        140,578             -              32.24
 
Wharton, Tx                       178,988       167,062              35.69
 
Bunkie, La                         34,686             -              33.10
 
Lafayette, La                      41,207        23,475              23.22
 
Lake Charles, La                   42,408        48,288              29.86
 
Monroe, La                         89,861             -              30.17
 
Gainesville, Fl                     6,009             -              27.72
 
Panama City, Fl                    82,456             -              31.40
 
Pensacola, Fl                     110,282             -              38.87
 
Jeffersonville, Ga                      -             -                  -
 
Tullahoma, Tn                      33,885             -              33.41
                                 --------      --------
 
            TOTAL                $940,777      $238,825
                                 ========      ========
</TABLE>
Revenues.  Revenues consist primarily of subscription revenues which principally
consist of monthly fees paid by subscribers for the basic programming package
and for premium programming services. Subscription revenues for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 were $940,777 as compared to $238,825 for the comparable
period of 1995, an increase of $701,952 or 294%.  This increase is principally
attributable to the increase in the average number of subscribers for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 compared to the same period ended in 1995.  The
increase in the average number of subscribers is due to the launch of 8 new
systems during the remaining nine months of 1995 and  during the first quarter
of 1996.  In addition, the contributions of two Operating Systems from 
Heartland in October 1995, attributed to this increase in the average number of
subscribers for the first three months of 1996.

Systems Operations Expenses.  Systems operations expense include programming
costs, channel lease payments, tower site rentals, and repairs and maintenance.
Programming costs and channel lease payments (with the exception of minimum
payments) are variable expenses which increase as the number of subscribers
increases. Systems operations expense for the three months ended March 31, 1996
was $555,942 as compared to $169,981 for the same period of 1995, reflecting an
increase of $385,961 or 227%.  This increase is attributable primarily to the
increase in the number of subscribers for such period in 1996 compared to such
period in 1995 as a result of the new markets launched as described above.

Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the three months ended March 31, 1996 expense $2,637,553 compared 
to $461,129 for the same period of 1995, an increase of $2,176,424 or 471%. The
Company has experienced increasing selling, general and

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
administrative expenses as a result of its increased wireless cable activities
and associated administrative costs including costs related to opening and
maintaining additional offices and additional compensation expense. The increase
is due primarily to increases in personnel costs, advertising and marketing
expenses and other overhead expenses required to support the expansion of the
Company's operations.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense for
the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $964,005 versus $199,519 for the same
period of 1995, an increase of $764,486 or 383%. This increase is due to
additional amortization of channel rights from systems launched plus
amortization of amounts related to systems acquired from Heartland. In addition,
depreciation increased due to costs associated with the increase in subscribers
and purchase of equipment for newly launched markets.

Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $5,009,893 from $114,090 as
compared to the same period ended in 1995.  This large increase in interest
expense is due to the issuance in October of 1995 of  150,000 units (the
"Units") consisting of  $150,000,000 aggregate principal  amounts of 13% Senior
Notes due 2003.

Interest Income.  Interest income of $2,126,360 consists of interest earned on
the proceeds from the Offerings (as described below).

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The wireless cable television business is a capital intensive business.  The
Company's operations require substantial amounts of capital for (i) the
installation of equipment at subscribers' location (ii) the construction of
additional transmission and headend facilities and related equipment purchases,
(iii) the funding of start-up losses and other working capital requirements,
(iv) the acquisition of additional wireless cable channel rights and systems and
(v) investments in, and, maintenance of, vehicles and administrative offices.
Since inception, the Company has expended funds to lease or otherwise acquire
channel rights in various markets, to the construct or acquire its Operating
Systems, to commence construction of Operating Systems in different markets and
to finance initial operating losses.

In order to finance the expansion of its Operating Systems and finance the
launch of additional markets, in October 1995, the Company consummated its
initial public offering of 3,450,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value
(the "Common Stock") at $10.50 per share (the "Common Stock Offering").  The
Company received approximately $32.3 million in net proceeds from the Common
Stock Offering.  Concurrent with the Common Stock Offering, the Company issued
the Units consisting of $150 million aggregate principal amount of Senior
Notes and 450,000 warrants to purchase an equal number of  shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $11.55 per share to the initial purchasers (the
"Unit Offering" and together with the Common Stock Offering, the "Offerings").
The Company placed approximately $53.2 million of the approximately $143.8
million of net proceeds realized from the sale of the Units into an escrow
account to cover the first three years' interest payments on the Senior Notes as
required by terms of the Indenture.

For the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's capital
expenditures were approximately $9,195,283 and $654,945 respectively.  These
expenditures primarily related to the acquisition of equipment in certain of the
Company's operating markets, as well as those markets under construction or
near-term launches.  The Company estimates that approximately $44.4 million in
capital expenditures will be required in 1996 to continue to fund growth in the
Operating Systems and the systems under construction and to complete the
construction and finance the addition of subscribers to 12 additional markets.

During March 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") completed
an auction program designed to award initial licenses for MDS channels.
Successful bidders will receive a blanket authorization to serve an entire Basic
Trading Area ("BTA") on all MDS channels within that BTA. The Company had
successful bids totaling approximately $16 million for BTA's. The Company is
presently preparing applications,

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
which will be filed with the FCC by May 10, 1996, to secure these BTA's. Should
no petitions be filed by other parties against the Company's BTA applications,
it is expected that the grant by the FCC of these BTA authorizations will be
made during the second quarter of 1996. Assuming all BTA authorizations are
granted to the Company, the Company will be required to make total down payments
of 20% of the $16 million bid with the remaining 80% being financed over a 10
year term. During this ten-year period, the Company will be required to make
quarterly interest payments for the first two years and then quarterly principal
and interest payments for the remaining term. The interest rate charged will be
equal to the 10 year U.S. Treasury rate at the time of the issuance of the BTA
authorization plus 2-1/2%.

On April 25, 1996, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with
Jackson, MS based TruVision Wireless, Inc. ("TruVision"). Under terms of the
transaction, the Company will exchange approximately 3.4 million of its shares
of Common Stock in exchange for all of TruVision's outstanding shares.
Additionally, the Company has committed to provide a bridge loan to TruVision of
up to $15 million, which will be secured by certain assets of TruVision and its
subsidiaries. Consummation of this is subject to the satisfaction of
a number of closing conditions, including the receipt of the consent of
the Company's bondholders and FCC/Hart Scott approval. No assurance can be given
such closing conditions will be satisfied and that the TruVision transaction
will be completed. This transaction is expected to close by the end of August
1996.

The Company has experienced negative cash flow from operations in each year
since its formation, and the Company expects to continue to experience negative
consolidated cash flow from operations due to operating costs associated with
system development and costs associated with expansion and acquisition
activities.  Until sufficient cash flow is generated from operations, the
Company will be required to utilize its current capital resources or external
sources of funding to satisfy its capital needs.  The Company currently believes
that the aggregate net proceeds from the Company's Offerings will be sufficient
to meet its expected capital needs at least over the next twelve months.

Subject to the limitations of the Company's indenture relating to the Senior
Notes, in order to accelerate its growth rate and to finance general corporate
activities and the launch or build-out of additional systems, the Company may
supplement its existing sources of funding with financing arrangements at the
operating system level or through additional borrowings, the sale of additional
debt or equity securities, including a sale to strategic investor, joint
ventures or other arrangements,  if such financing is available to the Company
on satisfactory terms.

As a result of the Unit Offering, and the possible incurrence of additional
indebtedness, the Company will be required to satisfy certain debt service
requirements.  Following the disbursement of all of the funds in the escrow
account in October 1998, a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow will
be devoted to debt service on the Senior Notes and the ability of the Company to
make payments of principal and interest will be largely dependent upon its
future performance.  Many factors, some of which will be beyond the Company's
control (such as prevailing economic conditions), may affect its performance.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate sufficient
cash flow to cover required interest and principal payment when due on the
Senior Notes or other indebtedness of the Company.  If the Company is unable to
meet interest and principal payments in the future, it may, depending upon
circumstances which then exist, seek additional equity or debt financing,
attempt to refinance its existing indebtedness or sell all or part of its
business or assets to raise funds to repay its indebtedness.  The incurrence of
additional indebtedness is restricted by the Indenture.

In managing its wireless cable assets, the Company may, at its option, exchange
or trade existing wireless cable channel rights for channel rights in markets
that have a greater strategic value to the Company.  The Company continually
evaluates opportunities to acquire, either directly or indirectly through the
acquisition of other entities, wireless cable channel rights.  There is no
assurance that the Company will not pursue any such opportunities that may
utilize capital currently expected to be available for its current markets.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
PART II. - OTHER INFORMATION
- ----------------------------

ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Exhibits:  See Exhibit Index on page 12

(b)  No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the periods presented.


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                           WIRELESS ONE, INC.


 
Date:   May 9, 1996                        /s/  Sean Reilly
        -----------                        -------------------------------------
                                           Sean Reilly
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer



Date:   May 9, 1996                        /s/  J. Robert Gary
        -----------                        -------------------------------------
                                           J. Robert Gary
                                           Senior Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

                                        

Exhibit No.                             Description of Exhibit
- -----------                             ----------------------


27                  Financial Data Schedule

                                       12


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission